1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package neptune 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 "time" 8 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 13 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" 14) 15 16const opAddRoleToDBCluster = "AddRoleToDBCluster" 17 18// AddRoleToDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 19// client's request for the AddRoleToDBCluster operation. The "output" return 20// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 21// successfully. 22// 23// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 24// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 25// 26// See AddRoleToDBCluster for more information on using the AddRoleToDBCluster 27// API call, and error handling. 28// 29// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 30// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 31// 32// 33// // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBClusterRequest method. 34// req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params) 35// 36// err := req.Send() 37// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 38// fmt.Println(resp) 39// } 40// 41// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 42func (c *Neptune) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) { 43 op := &request.Operation{ 44 Name: opAddRoleToDBCluster, 45 HTTPMethod: "POST", 46 HTTPPath: "/", 47 } 48 49 if input == nil { 50 input = &AddRoleToDBClusterInput{} 51 } 52 53 output = &AddRoleToDBClusterOutput{} 54 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 55 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 56 return 57} 58 59// AddRoleToDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 60// 61// Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Neptune DB 62// cluster. 63// 64// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 65// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 66// the error. 67// 68// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 69// API operation AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information. 70// 71// Returned Error Codes: 72// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 73// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 74// 75// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists" 76// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with 77// the specified DB cluster. 78// 79// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 80// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 81// 82// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded" 83// You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated 84// with the specified DB cluster. 85// 86// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 87func (c *Neptune) AddRoleToDBCluster(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 88 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 89 return out, req.Send() 90} 91 92// AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBCluster with the addition of 93// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 94// 95// See AddRoleToDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 96// 97// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 98// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 99// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 100// for more information on using Contexts. 101func (c *Neptune) AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 102 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 103 req.SetContext(ctx) 104 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 105 return out, req.Send() 106} 107 108const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" 109 110// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 111// client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return 112// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 113// successfully. 114// 115// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 116// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 117// 118// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for more information on using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 119// API call, and error handling. 120// 121// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 122// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 123// 124// 125// // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method. 126// req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params) 127// 128// err := req.Send() 129// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 130// fmt.Println(resp) 131// } 132// 133// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 134func (c *Neptune) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) { 135 op := &request.Operation{ 136 Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription, 137 HTTPMethod: "POST", 138 HTTPPath: "/", 139 } 140 141 if input == nil { 142 input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{} 143 } 144 145 output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{} 146 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 147 return 148} 149 150// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 151// 152// Adds a source identifier to an existing event notification subscription. 153// 154// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 155// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 156// the error. 157// 158// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 159// API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. 160// 161// Returned Error Codes: 162// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 163// The designated subscription could not be found. 164// 165// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 166// The source could not be found. 167// 168// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 169func (c *Neptune) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 170 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 171 return out, req.Send() 172} 173 174// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext is the same as AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription with the addition of 175// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 176// 177// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 178// 179// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 180// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 181// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 182// for more information on using Contexts. 183func (c *Neptune) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 184 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 185 req.SetContext(ctx) 186 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 187 return out, req.Send() 188} 189 190const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" 191 192// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 193// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return 194// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 195// successfully. 196// 197// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 198// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 199// 200// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource 201// API call, and error handling. 202// 203// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 204// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 205// 206// 207// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method. 208// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params) 209// 210// err := req.Send() 211// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 212// fmt.Println(resp) 213// } 214// 215// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 216func (c *Neptune) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) { 217 op := &request.Operation{ 218 Name: opAddTagsToResource, 219 HTTPMethod: "POST", 220 HTTPPath: "/", 221 } 222 223 if input == nil { 224 input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} 225 } 226 227 output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{} 228 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 229 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 230 return 231} 232 233// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Neptune. 234// 235// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon Neptune resource. These tags can also be 236// used with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon 237// Neptune resources, or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for 238// Amazon Neptune. 239// 240// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 241// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 242// the error. 243// 244// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 245// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. 246// 247// Returned Error Codes: 248// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 249// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 250// 251// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 252// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 253// 254// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 255// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 256// 257// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 258func (c *Neptune) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 259 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 260 return out, req.Send() 261} 262 263// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of 264// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 265// 266// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation. 267// 268// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 269// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 270// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 271// for more information on using Contexts. 272func (c *Neptune) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 273 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 274 req.SetContext(ctx) 275 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 276 return out, req.Send() 277} 278 279const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" 280 281// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 282// client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return 283// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 284// successfully. 285// 286// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 287// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 288// 289// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for more information on using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 290// API call, and error handling. 291// 292// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 293// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 294// 295// 296// // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method. 297// req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params) 298// 299// err := req.Send() 300// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 301// fmt.Println(resp) 302// } 303// 304// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 305func (c *Neptune) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) { 306 op := &request.Operation{ 307 Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction, 308 HTTPMethod: "POST", 309 HTTPPath: "/", 310 } 311 312 if input == nil { 313 input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{} 314 } 315 316 output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{} 317 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 318 return 319} 320 321// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Neptune. 322// 323// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB 324// instance). 325// 326// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 327// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 328// the error. 329// 330// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 331// API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. 332// 333// Returned Error Codes: 334// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 335// The specified resource ID was not found. 336// 337// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 338func (c *Neptune) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 339 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 340 return out, req.Send() 341} 342 343// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext is the same as ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction with the addition of 344// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 345// 346// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for details on how to use this API operation. 347// 348// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 349// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 350// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 351// for more information on using Contexts. 352func (c *Neptune) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 353 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 354 req.SetContext(ctx) 355 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 356 return out, req.Send() 357} 358 359const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup" 360 361// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 362// client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 363// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 364// successfully. 365// 366// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 367// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 368// 369// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 370// API call, and error handling. 371// 372// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 373// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 374// 375// 376// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 377// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 378// 379// err := req.Send() 380// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 381// fmt.Println(resp) 382// } 383// 384// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 385func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 386 op := &request.Operation{ 387 Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup, 388 HTTPMethod: "POST", 389 HTTPPath: "/", 390 } 391 392 if input == nil { 393 input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 394 } 395 396 output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 397 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 398 return 399} 400 401// CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 402// 403// Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group. 404// 405// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 406// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 407// the error. 408// 409// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 410// API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 411// 412// Returned Error Codes: 413// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 414// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 415// 416// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 417// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 418// groups. 419// 420// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 421// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 422// 423// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 424func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 425 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 426 return out, req.Send() 427} 428 429// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 430// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 431// 432// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 433// 434// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 435// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 436// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 437// for more information on using Contexts. 438func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 439 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 440 req.SetContext(ctx) 441 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 442 return out, req.Send() 443} 444 445const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot" 446 447// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 448// client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 449// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 450// successfully. 451// 452// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 453// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 454// 455// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 456// API call, and error handling. 457// 458// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 459// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 460// 461// 462// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 463// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 464// 465// err := req.Send() 466// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 467// fmt.Println(resp) 468// } 469// 470// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 471func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 472 op := &request.Operation{ 473 Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot, 474 HTTPMethod: "POST", 475 HTTPPath: "/", 476 } 477 478 if input == nil { 479 input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 480 } 481 482 output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 483 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 484 return 485} 486 487// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Neptune. 488// 489// Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster. 490// 491// To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 492// must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot. 493// 494// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 495// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 496// the error. 497// 498// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 499// API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 500// 501// Returned Error Codes: 502// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 503// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 504// 505// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 506// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 507// 508// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 509// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 510// 511// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 512// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 513// 514// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 515// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 516// 517// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 518// Error accessing KMS key. 519// 520// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 521func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 522 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 523 return out, req.Send() 524} 525 526// CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 527// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 528// 529// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 530// 531// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 532// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 533// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 534// for more information on using Contexts. 535func (c *Neptune) CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 536 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 537 req.SetContext(ctx) 538 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 539 return out, req.Send() 540} 541 542const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup" 543 544// CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 545// client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 546// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 547// successfully. 548// 549// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 550// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 551// 552// See CopyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBParameterGroup 553// API call, and error handling. 554// 555// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 556// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 557// 558// 559// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 560// req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 561// 562// err := req.Send() 563// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 564// fmt.Println(resp) 565// } 566// 567// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 568func (c *Neptune) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) { 569 op := &request.Operation{ 570 Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup, 571 HTTPMethod: "POST", 572 HTTPPath: "/", 573 } 574 575 if input == nil { 576 input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{} 577 } 578 579 output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{} 580 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 581 return 582} 583 584// CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 585// 586// Copies the specified DB parameter group. 587// 588// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 589// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 590// the error. 591// 592// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 593// API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 594// 595// Returned Error Codes: 596// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 597// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 598// 599// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 600// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 601// 602// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 603// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 604// groups. 605// 606// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 607func (c *Neptune) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 608 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 609 return out, req.Send() 610} 611 612// CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 613// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 614// 615// See CopyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 616// 617// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 618// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 619// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 620// for more information on using Contexts. 621func (c *Neptune) CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 622 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 623 req.SetContext(ctx) 624 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 625 return out, req.Send() 626} 627 628const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster" 629 630// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 631// client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return 632// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 633// successfully. 634// 635// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 636// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 637// 638// See CreateDBCluster for more information on using the CreateDBCluster 639// API call, and error handling. 640// 641// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 642// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 643// 644// 645// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method. 646// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params) 647// 648// err := req.Send() 649// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 650// fmt.Println(resp) 651// } 652// 653// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 654func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) { 655 op := &request.Operation{ 656 Name: opCreateDBCluster, 657 HTTPMethod: "POST", 658 HTTPPath: "/", 659 } 660 661 if input == nil { 662 input = &CreateDBClusterInput{} 663 } 664 665 output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{} 666 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 667 return 668} 669 670// CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 671// 672// Creates a new Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 673// 674// You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster 675// as a Read Replica of another DB cluster or Amazon Neptune DB instance. 676// 677// Note that when you create a new cluster using CreateDBCluster directly, deletion 678// protection is disabled by default (when you create a new production cluster 679// in the console, deletion protection is enabled by default). You can only 680// delete a DB cluster if its DeletionProtection field is set to false. 681// 682// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 683// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 684// the error. 685// 686// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 687// API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. 688// 689// Returned Error Codes: 690// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 691// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 692// 693// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 694// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 695// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 696// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 697// 698// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 699// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 700// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 701// 702// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 703// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 704// across all DB instances. 705// 706// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 707// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 708// 709// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 710// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 711// because users' change. 712// 713// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 714// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 715// 716// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 717// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 718// 719// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 720// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 721// are not all in a common VPC. 722// 723// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 724// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 725// 726// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 727// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 728// group. 729// 730// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 731// Error accessing KMS key. 732// 733// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 734// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 735// 736// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 737// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 738// 739// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 740// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 741// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 742// 743// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 744func (c *Neptune) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 745 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 746 return out, req.Send() 747} 748 749// CreateDBClusterWithContext is the same as CreateDBCluster with the addition of 750// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 751// 752// See CreateDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 753// 754// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 755// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 756// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 757// for more information on using Contexts. 758func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 759 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 760 req.SetContext(ctx) 761 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 762 return out, req.Send() 763} 764 765const opCreateDBClusterEndpoint = "CreateDBClusterEndpoint" 766 767// CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 768// client's request for the CreateDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return 769// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 770// successfully. 771// 772// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 773// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 774// 775// See CreateDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDBClusterEndpoint 776// API call, and error handling. 777// 778// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 779// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 780// 781// 782// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest method. 783// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(params) 784// 785// err := req.Send() 786// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 787// fmt.Println(resp) 788// } 789// 790// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterEndpoint 791func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) { 792 op := &request.Operation{ 793 Name: opCreateDBClusterEndpoint, 794 HTTPMethod: "POST", 795 HTTPPath: "/", 796 } 797 798 if input == nil { 799 input = &CreateDBClusterEndpointInput{} 800 } 801 802 output = &CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput{} 803 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 804 return 805} 806 807// CreateDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Neptune. 808// 809// Creates a new custom endpoint and associates it with an Amazon Neptune DB 810// cluster. 811// 812// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 813// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 814// the error. 815// 816// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 817// API operation CreateDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information. 818// 819// Returned Error Codes: 820// * ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterEndpointQuotaExceededFault" 821// The cluster already has the maximum number of custom endpoints. 822// 823// * ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterEndpointAlreadyExistsFault" 824// The specified custom endpoint cannot be created because it already exists. 825// 826// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 827// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 828// 829// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 830// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 831// 832// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 833// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 834// 835// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 836// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 837// 838// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterEndpoint 839func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterEndpoint(input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) (*CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 840 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 841 return out, req.Send() 842} 843 844// CreateDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of 845// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 846// 847// See CreateDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 848// 849// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 850// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 851// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 852// for more information on using Contexts. 853func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 854 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 855 req.SetContext(ctx) 856 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 857 return out, req.Send() 858} 859 860const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" 861 862// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 863// client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 864// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 865// successfully. 866// 867// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 868// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 869// 870// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 871// API call, and error handling. 872// 873// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 874// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 875// 876// 877// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 878// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 879// 880// err := req.Send() 881// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 882// fmt.Println(resp) 883// } 884// 885// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 886func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 887 op := &request.Operation{ 888 Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup, 889 HTTPMethod: "POST", 890 HTTPPath: "/", 891 } 892 893 if input == nil { 894 input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 895 } 896 897 output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 898 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 899 return 900} 901 902// CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 903// 904// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. 905// 906// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances 907// in a DB cluster. 908// 909// A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters 910// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom 911// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating 912// it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster 913// parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. 914// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, 915// you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for 916// the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect. 917// 918// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 919// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 920// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully 921// complete the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used 922// as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters 923// that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such 924// as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database 925// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune 926// console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters 927// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or 928// modified. 929// 930// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 931// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 932// the error. 933// 934// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 935// API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 936// 937// Returned Error Codes: 938// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 939// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 940// groups. 941// 942// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 943// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 944// 945// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 946func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 947 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 948 return out, req.Send() 949} 950 951// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 952// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 953// 954// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 955// 956// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 957// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 958// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 959// for more information on using Contexts. 960func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 961 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 962 req.SetContext(ctx) 963 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 964 return out, req.Send() 965} 966 967const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot" 968 969// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 970// client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 971// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 972// successfully. 973// 974// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 975// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 976// 977// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBClusterSnapshot 978// API call, and error handling. 979// 980// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 981// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 982// 983// 984// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 985// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 986// 987// err := req.Send() 988// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 989// fmt.Println(resp) 990// } 991// 992// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 993func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 994 op := &request.Operation{ 995 Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot, 996 HTTPMethod: "POST", 997 HTTPPath: "/", 998 } 999 1000 if input == nil { 1001 input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 1002 } 1003 1004 output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 1005 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1006 return 1007} 1008 1009// CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1010// 1011// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. 1012// 1013// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1014// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1015// the error. 1016// 1017// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1018// API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 1019// 1020// Returned Error Codes: 1021// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 1022// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 1023// 1024// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1025// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1026// 1027// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1028// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 1029// 1030// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1031// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1032// 1033// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 1034// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 1035// 1036// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1037func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1038 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1039 return out, req.Send() 1040} 1041 1042// CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 1043// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1044// 1045// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1046// 1047// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1048// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1049// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1050// for more information on using Contexts. 1051func (c *Neptune) CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1052 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1053 req.SetContext(ctx) 1054 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1055 return out, req.Send() 1056} 1057 1058const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance" 1059 1060// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1061// client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return 1062// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1063// successfully. 1064// 1065// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1066// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1067// 1068// See CreateDBInstance for more information on using the CreateDBInstance 1069// API call, and error handling. 1070// 1071// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1072// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1073// 1074// 1075// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method. 1076// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params) 1077// 1078// err := req.Send() 1079// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1080// fmt.Println(resp) 1081// } 1082// 1083// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1084func (c *Neptune) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) { 1085 op := &request.Operation{ 1086 Name: opCreateDBInstance, 1087 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1088 HTTPPath: "/", 1089 } 1090 1091 if input == nil { 1092 input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{} 1093 } 1094 1095 output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{} 1096 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1097 return 1098} 1099 1100// CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1101// 1102// Creates a new DB instance. 1103// 1104// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1105// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1106// the error. 1107// 1108// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1109// API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. 1110// 1111// Returned Error Codes: 1112// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 1113// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 1114// 1115// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 1116// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 1117// Zone. 1118// 1119// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1120// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1121// 1122// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 1123// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 1124// 1125// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 1126// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 1127// 1128// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1129// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 1130// across all DB instances. 1131// 1132// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1133// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1134// 1135// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1136// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1137// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1138// 1139// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1140// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1141// 1142// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1143// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1144// are not all in a common VPC. 1145// 1146// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1147// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 1148// because users' change. 1149// 1150// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 1151// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 1152// 1153// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1154// The designated option group could not be found. 1155// 1156// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1157// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 1158// 1159// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 1160// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 1161// 1162// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 1163// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 1164// DB security group. 1165// 1166// Neptune may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on 1167// your behalf. 1168// 1169// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1170// Error accessing KMS key. 1171// 1172// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 1173// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. 1174// 1175// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1176func (c *Neptune) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1177 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1178 return out, req.Send() 1179} 1180 1181// CreateDBInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstance with the addition of 1182// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1183// 1184// See CreateDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 1185// 1186// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1187// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1188// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1189// for more information on using Contexts. 1190func (c *Neptune) CreateDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1191 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1192 req.SetContext(ctx) 1193 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1194 return out, req.Send() 1195} 1196 1197const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup" 1198 1199// CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1200// client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1201// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1202// successfully. 1203// 1204// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1205// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1206// 1207// See CreateDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBParameterGroup 1208// API call, and error handling. 1209// 1210// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1211// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1212// 1213// 1214// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method. 1215// req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 1216// 1217// err := req.Send() 1218// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1219// fmt.Println(resp) 1220// } 1221// 1222// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 1223func (c *Neptune) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) { 1224 op := &request.Operation{ 1225 Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup, 1226 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1227 HTTPPath: "/", 1228 } 1229 1230 if input == nil { 1231 input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{} 1232 } 1233 1234 output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{} 1235 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1236 return 1237} 1238 1239// CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1240// 1241// Creates a new DB parameter group. 1242// 1243// A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for 1244// the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for 1245// any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using 1246// ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need 1247// to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate 1248// a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the 1249// DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated 1250// settings to take effect. 1251// 1252// After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 1253// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 1254// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully complete 1255// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 1256// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 1257// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 1258// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 1259// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune console or 1260// the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has 1261// been created or modified. 1262// 1263// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1264// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1265// the error. 1266// 1267// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1268// API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1269// 1270// Returned Error Codes: 1271// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 1272// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 1273// groups. 1274// 1275// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 1276// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 1277// 1278// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 1279func (c *Neptune) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1280 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1281 return out, req.Send() 1282} 1283 1284// CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBParameterGroup with the addition of 1285// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1286// 1287// See CreateDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1288// 1289// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1290// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1291// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1292// for more information on using Contexts. 1293func (c *Neptune) CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1294 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1295 req.SetContext(ctx) 1296 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1297 return out, req.Send() 1298} 1299 1300const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup" 1301 1302// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1303// client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 1304// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1305// successfully. 1306// 1307// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1308// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1309// 1310// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSubnetGroup 1311// API call, and error handling. 1312// 1313// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1314// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1315// 1316// 1317// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 1318// req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 1319// 1320// err := req.Send() 1321// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1322// fmt.Println(resp) 1323// } 1324// 1325// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 1326func (c *Neptune) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 1327 op := &request.Operation{ 1328 Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup, 1329 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1330 HTTPPath: "/", 1331 } 1332 1333 if input == nil { 1334 input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{} 1335 } 1336 1337 output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 1338 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1339 return 1340} 1341 1342// CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1343// 1344// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one 1345// subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 1346// 1347// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1348// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1349// the error. 1350// 1351// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1352// API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 1353// 1354// Returned Error Codes: 1355// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists" 1356// DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group. 1357// 1358// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded" 1359// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet groups. 1360// 1361// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 1362// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a 1363// DB subnet groups. 1364// 1365// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1366// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1367// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1368// 1369// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1370// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1371// are not all in a common VPC. 1372// 1373// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 1374func (c *Neptune) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 1375 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 1376 return out, req.Send() 1377} 1378 1379// CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 1380// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1381// 1382// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1383// 1384// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1385// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1386// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1387// for more information on using Contexts. 1388func (c *Neptune) CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 1389 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 1390 req.SetContext(ctx) 1391 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1392 return out, req.Send() 1393} 1394 1395const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription" 1396 1397// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1398// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 1399// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1400// successfully. 1401// 1402// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1403// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1404// 1405// See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription 1406// API call, and error handling. 1407// 1408// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1409// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1410// 1411// 1412// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method. 1413// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 1414// 1415// err := req.Send() 1416// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1417// fmt.Println(resp) 1418// } 1419// 1420// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 1421func (c *Neptune) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) { 1422 op := &request.Operation{ 1423 Name: opCreateEventSubscription, 1424 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1425 HTTPPath: "/", 1426 } 1427 1428 if input == nil { 1429 input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{} 1430 } 1431 1432 output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{} 1433 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1434 return 1435} 1436 1437// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1438// 1439// Creates an event notification subscription. This action requires a topic 1440// ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the Neptune console, the SNS 1441// console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic 1442// in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS 1443// console. 1444// 1445// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, 1446// provide a list of Neptune sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and 1447// provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want 1448// to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, 1449// SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, 1450// Backup. 1451// 1452// If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance 1453// and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance 1454// events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify 1455// a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type 1456// for all your Neptune sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType 1457// nor the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all Neptune 1458// sources belonging to your customer account. 1459// 1460// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1461// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1462// the error. 1463// 1464// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1465// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. 1466// 1467// Returned Error Codes: 1468// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 1469// You have exceeded the number of events you can subscribe to. 1470// 1471// * ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist" 1472// This subscription already exists. 1473// 1474// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 1475// The SNS topic is invalid. 1476// 1477// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 1478// There is no SNS authorization. 1479// 1480// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 1481// The ARN of the SNS topic could not be found. 1482// 1483// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 1484// The designated subscription category could not be found. 1485// 1486// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 1487// The source could not be found. 1488// 1489// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 1490func (c *Neptune) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 1491 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 1492 return out, req.Send() 1493} 1494 1495// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of 1496// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1497// 1498// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 1499// 1500// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1501// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1502// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1503// for more information on using Contexts. 1504func (c *Neptune) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 1505 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 1506 req.SetContext(ctx) 1507 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1508 return out, req.Send() 1509} 1510 1511const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster" 1512 1513// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1514// client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return 1515// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1516// successfully. 1517// 1518// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1519// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1520// 1521// See DeleteDBCluster for more information on using the DeleteDBCluster 1522// API call, and error handling. 1523// 1524// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1525// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1526// 1527// 1528// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method. 1529// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params) 1530// 1531// err := req.Send() 1532// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1533// fmt.Println(resp) 1534// } 1535// 1536// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 1537func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) { 1538 op := &request.Operation{ 1539 Name: opDeleteDBCluster, 1540 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1541 HTTPPath: "/", 1542 } 1543 1544 if input == nil { 1545 input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{} 1546 } 1547 1548 output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{} 1549 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1550 return 1551} 1552 1553// DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1554// 1555// The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When 1556// you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted 1557// and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster 1558// are not deleted. 1559// 1560// Note that the DB Cluster cannot be deleted if deletion protection is enabled. 1561// To delete it, you must first set its DeletionProtection field to False. 1562// 1563// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1564// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1565// the error. 1566// 1567// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1568// API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. 1569// 1570// Returned Error Codes: 1571// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1572// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 1573// 1574// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1575// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1576// 1577// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 1578// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 1579// 1580// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1581// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1582// 1583// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 1584// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 1585// 1586// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 1587func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 1588 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 1589 return out, req.Send() 1590} 1591 1592// DeleteDBClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteDBCluster with the addition of 1593// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1594// 1595// See DeleteDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 1596// 1597// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1598// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1599// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1600// for more information on using Contexts. 1601func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 1602 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 1603 req.SetContext(ctx) 1604 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1605 return out, req.Send() 1606} 1607 1608const opDeleteDBClusterEndpoint = "DeleteDBClusterEndpoint" 1609 1610// DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1611// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return 1612// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1613// successfully. 1614// 1615// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1616// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1617// 1618// See DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 1619// API call, and error handling. 1620// 1621// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1622// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1623// 1624// 1625// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest method. 1626// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(params) 1627// 1628// err := req.Send() 1629// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1630// fmt.Println(resp) 1631// } 1632// 1633// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 1634func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) { 1635 op := &request.Operation{ 1636 Name: opDeleteDBClusterEndpoint, 1637 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1638 HTTPPath: "/", 1639 } 1640 1641 if input == nil { 1642 input = &DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput{} 1643 } 1644 1645 output = &DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput{} 1646 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1647 return 1648} 1649 1650// DeleteDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1651// 1652// Deletes a custom endpoint and removes it from an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 1653// 1654// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1655// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1656// the error. 1657// 1658// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1659// API operation DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information. 1660// 1661// Returned Error Codes: 1662// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault" 1663// The requested operation cannot be performed on the endpoint while the endpoint 1664// is in this state. 1665// 1666// * ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault "DBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault" 1667// The specified custom endpoint doesn't exist. 1668// 1669// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1670// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1671// 1672// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 1673func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterEndpoint(input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 1674 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 1675 return out, req.Send() 1676} 1677 1678// DeleteDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of 1679// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1680// 1681// See DeleteDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 1682// 1683// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1684// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1685// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1686// for more information on using Contexts. 1687func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 1688 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 1689 req.SetContext(ctx) 1690 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1691 return out, req.Send() 1692} 1693 1694const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" 1695 1696// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1697// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1698// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1699// successfully. 1700// 1701// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1702// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1703// 1704// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 1705// API call, and error handling. 1706// 1707// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1708// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1709// 1710// 1711// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 1712// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 1713// 1714// err := req.Send() 1715// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1716// fmt.Println(resp) 1717// } 1718// 1719// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 1720func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 1721 op := &request.Operation{ 1722 Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup, 1723 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1724 HTTPPath: "/", 1725 } 1726 1727 if input == nil { 1728 input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 1729 } 1730 1731 output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 1732 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1733 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1734 return 1735} 1736 1737// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1738// 1739// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter 1740// group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters. 1741// 1742// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1743// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1744// the error. 1745// 1746// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1747// API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1748// 1749// Returned Error Codes: 1750// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 1751// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 1752// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 1753// is in this state. 1754// 1755// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1756// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1757// 1758// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 1759func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1760 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1761 return out, req.Send() 1762} 1763 1764// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 1765// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1766// 1767// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1768// 1769// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1770// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1771// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1772// for more information on using Contexts. 1773func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1774 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1775 req.SetContext(ctx) 1776 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1777 return out, req.Send() 1778} 1779 1780const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" 1781 1782// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1783// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1784// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1785// successfully. 1786// 1787// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1788// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1789// 1790// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 1791// API call, and error handling. 1792// 1793// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1794// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1795// 1796// 1797// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 1798// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 1799// 1800// err := req.Send() 1801// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1802// fmt.Println(resp) 1803// } 1804// 1805// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 1806func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 1807 op := &request.Operation{ 1808 Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot, 1809 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1810 HTTPPath: "/", 1811 } 1812 1813 if input == nil { 1814 input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 1815 } 1816 1817 output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 1818 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1819 return 1820} 1821 1822// DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1823// 1824// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy 1825// operation is terminated. 1826// 1827// The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 1828// 1829// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1830// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1831// the error. 1832// 1833// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1834// API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 1835// 1836// Returned Error Codes: 1837// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 1838// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 1839// 1840// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 1841// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 1842// 1843// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 1844func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1845 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1846 return out, req.Send() 1847} 1848 1849// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 1850// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1851// 1852// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1853// 1854// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1855// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1856// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1857// for more information on using Contexts. 1858func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1859 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1860 req.SetContext(ctx) 1861 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1862 return out, req.Send() 1863} 1864 1865const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance" 1866 1867// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1868// client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return 1869// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1870// successfully. 1871// 1872// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1873// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1874// 1875// See DeleteDBInstance for more information on using the DeleteDBInstance 1876// API call, and error handling. 1877// 1878// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1879// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1880// 1881// 1882// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method. 1883// req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params) 1884// 1885// err := req.Send() 1886// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1887// fmt.Println(resp) 1888// } 1889// 1890// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 1891func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) { 1892 op := &request.Operation{ 1893 Name: opDeleteDBInstance, 1894 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1895 HTTPPath: "/", 1896 } 1897 1898 if input == nil { 1899 input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{} 1900 } 1901 1902 output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{} 1903 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1904 return 1905} 1906 1907// DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Neptune. 1908// 1909// The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. 1910// When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are 1911// deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to 1912// be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted. 1913// 1914// If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon Neptune DB instance 1915// is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance 1916// is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled 1917// or reverted once submitted. 1918// 1919// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, 1920// incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when 1921// the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to true. 1922// 1923// You can't delete a DB instance if it is the only instance in the DB cluster, 1924// or if it has deletion protection enabled. 1925// 1926// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1927// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1928// the error. 1929// 1930// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 1931// API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. 1932// 1933// Returned Error Codes: 1934// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1935// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 1936// 1937// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1938// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 1939// 1940// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 1941// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 1942// 1943// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1944// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1945// 1946// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1947// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1948// 1949// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 1950func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1951 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 1952 return out, req.Send() 1953} 1954 1955// DeleteDBInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstance with the addition of 1956// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1957// 1958// See DeleteDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 1959// 1960// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1961// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1962// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1963// for more information on using Contexts. 1964func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1965 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 1966 req.SetContext(ctx) 1967 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1968 return out, req.Send() 1969} 1970 1971const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup" 1972 1973// DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1974// client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1975// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1976// successfully. 1977// 1978// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1979// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1980// 1981// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBParameterGroup 1982// API call, and error handling. 1983// 1984// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1985// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1986// 1987// 1988// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method. 1989// req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 1990// 1991// err := req.Send() 1992// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1993// fmt.Println(resp) 1994// } 1995// 1996// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 1997func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) { 1998 op := &request.Operation{ 1999 Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup, 2000 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2001 HTTPPath: "/", 2002 } 2003 2004 if input == nil { 2005 input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{} 2006 } 2007 2008 output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{} 2009 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2010 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2011 return 2012} 2013 2014// DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2015// 2016// Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted 2017// can't be associated with any DB instances. 2018// 2019// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2020// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2021// the error. 2022// 2023// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2024// API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 2025// 2026// Returned Error Codes: 2027// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 2028// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 2029// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 2030// is in this state. 2031// 2032// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2033// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2034// 2035// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 2036func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2037 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 2038 return out, req.Send() 2039} 2040 2041// DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBParameterGroup with the addition of 2042// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2043// 2044// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2045// 2046// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2047// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2048// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2049// for more information on using Contexts. 2050func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2051 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 2052 req.SetContext(ctx) 2053 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2054 return out, req.Send() 2055} 2056 2057const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" 2058 2059// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2060// client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 2061// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2062// successfully. 2063// 2064// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2065// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2066// 2067// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2068// API call, and error handling. 2069// 2070// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2071// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2072// 2073// 2074// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 2075// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 2076// 2077// err := req.Send() 2078// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2079// fmt.Println(resp) 2080// } 2081// 2082// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2083func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 2084 op := &request.Operation{ 2085 Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup, 2086 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2087 HTTPPath: "/", 2088 } 2089 2090 if input == nil { 2091 input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{} 2092 } 2093 2094 output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 2095 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2096 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2097 return 2098} 2099 2100// DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2101// 2102// Deletes a DB subnet group. 2103// 2104// The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances. 2105// 2106// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2107// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2108// the error. 2109// 2110// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2111// API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 2112// 2113// Returned Error Codes: 2114// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 2115// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 2116// 2117// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault" 2118// The DB subnet is not in the available state. 2119// 2120// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 2121// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 2122// 2123// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2124func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2125 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2126 return out, req.Send() 2127} 2128 2129// DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 2130// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2131// 2132// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2133// 2134// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2135// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2136// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2137// for more information on using Contexts. 2138func (c *Neptune) DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2139 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2140 req.SetContext(ctx) 2141 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2142 return out, req.Send() 2143} 2144 2145const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription" 2146 2147// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2148// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 2149// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2150// successfully. 2151// 2152// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2153// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2154// 2155// See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription 2156// API call, and error handling. 2157// 2158// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2159// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2160// 2161// 2162// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method. 2163// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 2164// 2165// err := req.Send() 2166// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2167// fmt.Println(resp) 2168// } 2169// 2170// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 2171func (c *Neptune) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) { 2172 op := &request.Operation{ 2173 Name: opDeleteEventSubscription, 2174 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2175 HTTPPath: "/", 2176 } 2177 2178 if input == nil { 2179 input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{} 2180 } 2181 2182 output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{} 2183 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2184 return 2185} 2186 2187// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2188// 2189// Deletes an event notification subscription. 2190// 2191// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2192// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2193// the error. 2194// 2195// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2196// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. 2197// 2198// Returned Error Codes: 2199// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 2200// The designated subscription could not be found. 2201// 2202// * ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidEventSubscriptionState" 2203// The event subscription is in an invalid state. 2204// 2205// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 2206func (c *Neptune) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2207 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2208 return out, req.Send() 2209} 2210 2211// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of 2212// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2213// 2214// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 2215// 2216// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2217// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2218// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2219// for more information on using Contexts. 2220func (c *Neptune) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2221 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2222 req.SetContext(ctx) 2223 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2224 return out, req.Send() 2225} 2226 2227const opDescribeDBClusterEndpoints = "DescribeDBClusterEndpoints" 2228 2229// DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2230// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation. The "output" return 2231// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2232// successfully. 2233// 2234// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2235// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2236// 2237// See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 2238// API call, and error handling. 2239// 2240// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2241// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2242// 2243// 2244// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest method. 2245// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(params) 2246// 2247// err := req.Send() 2248// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2249// fmt.Println(resp) 2250// } 2251// 2252// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 2253func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) { 2254 op := &request.Operation{ 2255 Name: opDescribeDBClusterEndpoints, 2256 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2257 HTTPPath: "/", 2258 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2259 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2260 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2261 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 2262 TruncationToken: "", 2263 }, 2264 } 2265 2266 if input == nil { 2267 input = &DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput{} 2268 } 2269 2270 output = &DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput{} 2271 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2272 return 2273} 2274 2275// DescribeDBClusterEndpoints API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2276// 2277// Returns information about endpoints for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 2278// 2279// This operation can also return information for Amazon RDS clusters and Amazon 2280// DocDB clusters. 2281// 2282// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2283// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2284// the error. 2285// 2286// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2287// API operation DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for usage and error information. 2288// 2289// Returned Error Codes: 2290// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 2291// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 2292// 2293// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 2294func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterEndpoints(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, error) { 2295 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input) 2296 return out, req.Send() 2297} 2298 2299// DescribeDBClusterEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterEndpoints with the addition of 2300// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2301// 2302// See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation. 2303// 2304// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2305// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2306// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2307// for more information on using Contexts. 2308func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, error) { 2309 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(input) 2310 req.SetContext(ctx) 2311 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2312 return out, req.Send() 2313} 2314 2315// DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation, 2316// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2317// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2318// 2319// See DescribeDBClusterEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation. 2320// 2321// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2322// 2323// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterEndpoints operation. 2324// pageNum := 0 2325// err := client.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages(params, 2326// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2327// pageNum++ 2328// fmt.Println(page) 2329// return pageNum <= 3 2330// }) 2331// 2332func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2333 return c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2334} 2335 2336// DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPages except 2337// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2338// 2339// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2340// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2341// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2342// for more information on using Contexts. 2343func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2344 p := request.Pagination{ 2345 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2346 var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput 2347 if input != nil { 2348 tmp := *input 2349 inCpy = &tmp 2350 } 2351 req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterEndpointsRequest(inCpy) 2352 req.SetContext(ctx) 2353 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2354 return req, nil 2355 }, 2356 } 2357 2358 for p.Next() { 2359 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2360 break 2361 } 2362 } 2363 2364 return p.Err() 2365} 2366 2367const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" 2368 2369// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2370// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 2371// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2372// successfully. 2373// 2374// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2375// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2376// 2377// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 2378// API call, and error handling. 2379// 2380// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2381// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2382// 2383// 2384// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method. 2385// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params) 2386// 2387// err := req.Send() 2388// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2389// fmt.Println(resp) 2390// } 2391// 2392// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 2393func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) { 2394 op := &request.Operation{ 2395 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups, 2396 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2397 HTTPPath: "/", 2398 } 2399 2400 if input == nil { 2401 input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{} 2402 } 2403 2404 output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{} 2405 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2406 return 2407} 2408 2409// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2410// 2411// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName 2412// parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the 2413// specified DB cluster parameter group. 2414// 2415// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2416// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2417// the error. 2418// 2419// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2420// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. 2421// 2422// Returned Error Codes: 2423// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2424// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2425// 2426// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 2427func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 2428 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 2429 return out, req.Send() 2430} 2431 2432// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups with the addition of 2433// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2434// 2435// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 2436// 2437// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2438// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2439// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2440// for more information on using Contexts. 2441func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 2442 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 2443 req.SetContext(ctx) 2444 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2445 return out, req.Send() 2446} 2447 2448const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters" 2449 2450// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2451// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 2452// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2453// successfully. 2454// 2455// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2456// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2457// 2458// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameters 2459// API call, and error handling. 2460// 2461// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2462// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2463// 2464// 2465// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method. 2466// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params) 2467// 2468// err := req.Send() 2469// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2470// fmt.Println(resp) 2471// } 2472// 2473// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 2474func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) { 2475 op := &request.Operation{ 2476 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters, 2477 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2478 HTTPPath: "/", 2479 } 2480 2481 if input == nil { 2482 input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{} 2483 } 2484 2485 output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{} 2486 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2487 return 2488} 2489 2490// DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2491// 2492// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter 2493// group. 2494// 2495// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2496// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2497// the error. 2498// 2499// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2500// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. 2501// 2502// Returned Error Codes: 2503// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2504// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2505// 2506// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 2507func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 2508 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 2509 return out, req.Send() 2510} 2511 2512// DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameters with the addition of 2513// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2514// 2515// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 2516// 2517// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2518// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2519// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2520// for more information on using Contexts. 2521func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 2522 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 2523 req.SetContext(ctx) 2524 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2525 return out, req.Send() 2526} 2527 2528const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes" 2529 2530// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2531// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return 2532// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2533// successfully. 2534// 2535// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2536// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2537// 2538// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 2539// API call, and error handling. 2540// 2541// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2542// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2543// 2544// 2545// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method. 2546// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) 2547// 2548// err := req.Send() 2549// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2550// fmt.Println(resp) 2551// } 2552// 2553// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 2554func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) { 2555 op := &request.Operation{ 2556 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes, 2557 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2558 HTTPPath: "/", 2559 } 2560 2561 if input == nil { 2562 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{} 2563 } 2564 2565 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{} 2566 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2567 return 2568} 2569 2570// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2571// 2572// Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual 2573// DB cluster snapshot. 2574// 2575// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 2576// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that 2577// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all 2578// is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual 2579// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. 2580// 2581// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB 2582// cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, 2583// use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 2584// 2585// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2586// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2587// the error. 2588// 2589// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2590// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. 2591// 2592// Returned Error Codes: 2593// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 2594// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 2595// 2596// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 2597func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 2598 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 2599 return out, req.Send() 2600} 2601 2602// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes with the addition of 2603// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2604// 2605// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 2606// 2607// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2608// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2609// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2610// for more information on using Contexts. 2611func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 2612 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 2613 req.SetContext(ctx) 2614 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2615 return out, req.Send() 2616} 2617 2618const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" 2619 2620// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2621// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return 2622// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2623// successfully. 2624// 2625// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2626// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2627// 2628// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 2629// API call, and error handling. 2630// 2631// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2632// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2633// 2634// 2635// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method. 2636// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params) 2637// 2638// err := req.Send() 2639// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2640// fmt.Println(resp) 2641// } 2642// 2643// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 2644func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) { 2645 op := &request.Operation{ 2646 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots, 2647 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2648 HTTPPath: "/", 2649 } 2650 2651 if input == nil { 2652 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{} 2653 } 2654 2655 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{} 2656 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2657 return 2658} 2659 2660// DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2661// 2662// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports 2663// pagination. 2664// 2665// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2666// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2667// the error. 2668// 2669// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2670// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. 2671// 2672// Returned Error Codes: 2673// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 2674// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 2675// 2676// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 2677func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 2678 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 2679 return out, req.Send() 2680} 2681 2682// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshots with the addition of 2683// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2684// 2685// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 2686// 2687// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2688// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2689// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2690// for more information on using Contexts. 2691func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 2692 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 2693 req.SetContext(ctx) 2694 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2695 return out, req.Send() 2696} 2697 2698const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters" 2699 2700// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2701// client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return 2702// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2703// successfully. 2704// 2705// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2706// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2707// 2708// See DescribeDBClusters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusters 2709// API call, and error handling. 2710// 2711// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2712// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2713// 2714// 2715// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method. 2716// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params) 2717// 2718// err := req.Send() 2719// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2720// fmt.Println(resp) 2721// } 2722// 2723// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 2724func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) { 2725 op := &request.Operation{ 2726 Name: opDescribeDBClusters, 2727 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2728 HTTPPath: "/", 2729 } 2730 2731 if input == nil { 2732 input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{} 2733 } 2734 2735 output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{} 2736 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2737 return 2738} 2739 2740// DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2741// 2742// Returns information about provisioned DB clusters, and supports pagination. 2743// 2744// This operation can also return information for Amazon RDS clusters and Amazon 2745// DocDB clusters. 2746// 2747// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2748// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2749// the error. 2750// 2751// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2752// API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. 2753// 2754// Returned Error Codes: 2755// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 2756// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 2757// 2758// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 2759func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 2760 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 2761 return out, req.Send() 2762} 2763 2764// DescribeDBClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusters with the addition of 2765// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2766// 2767// See DescribeDBClusters for details on how to use this API operation. 2768// 2769// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2770// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2771// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2772// for more information on using Contexts. 2773func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 2774 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 2775 req.SetContext(ctx) 2776 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2777 return out, req.Send() 2778} 2779 2780const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions" 2781 2782// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2783// client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return 2784// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2785// successfully. 2786// 2787// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2788// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2789// 2790// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for more information on using the DescribeDBEngineVersions 2791// API call, and error handling. 2792// 2793// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2794// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2795// 2796// 2797// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method. 2798// req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params) 2799// 2800// err := req.Send() 2801// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2802// fmt.Println(resp) 2803// } 2804// 2805// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 2806func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) { 2807 op := &request.Operation{ 2808 Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions, 2809 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2810 HTTPPath: "/", 2811 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2812 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2813 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2814 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 2815 TruncationToken: "", 2816 }, 2817 } 2818 2819 if input == nil { 2820 input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{} 2821 } 2822 2823 output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{} 2824 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2825 return 2826} 2827 2828// DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2829// 2830// Returns a list of the available DB engines. 2831// 2832// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2833// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2834// the error. 2835// 2836// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2837// API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. 2838// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 2839func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 2840 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 2841 return out, req.Send() 2842} 2843 2844// DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBEngineVersions with the addition of 2845// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2846// 2847// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for details on how to use this API operation. 2848// 2849// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2850// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2851// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2852// for more information on using Contexts. 2853func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 2854 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 2855 req.SetContext(ctx) 2856 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2857 return out, req.Send() 2858} 2859 2860// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation, 2861// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2862// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2863// 2864// See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. 2865// 2866// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2867// 2868// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. 2869// pageNum := 0 2870// err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params, 2871// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2872// pageNum++ 2873// fmt.Println(page) 2874// return pageNum <= 3 2875// }) 2876// 2877func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2878 return c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2879} 2880 2881// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages except 2882// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2883// 2884// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2885// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2886// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2887// for more information on using Contexts. 2888func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2889 p := request.Pagination{ 2890 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2891 var inCpy *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput 2892 if input != nil { 2893 tmp := *input 2894 inCpy = &tmp 2895 } 2896 req, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(inCpy) 2897 req.SetContext(ctx) 2898 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2899 return req, nil 2900 }, 2901 } 2902 2903 for p.Next() { 2904 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2905 break 2906 } 2907 } 2908 2909 return p.Err() 2910} 2911 2912const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances" 2913 2914// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2915// client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return 2916// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2917// successfully. 2918// 2919// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2920// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2921// 2922// See DescribeDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeDBInstances 2923// API call, and error handling. 2924// 2925// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2926// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2927// 2928// 2929// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method. 2930// req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params) 2931// 2932// err := req.Send() 2933// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2934// fmt.Println(resp) 2935// } 2936// 2937// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 2938func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) { 2939 op := &request.Operation{ 2940 Name: opDescribeDBInstances, 2941 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2942 HTTPPath: "/", 2943 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2944 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2945 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 2946 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 2947 TruncationToken: "", 2948 }, 2949 } 2950 2951 if input == nil { 2952 input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{} 2953 } 2954 2955 output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{} 2956 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2957 return 2958} 2959 2960// DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Neptune. 2961// 2962// Returns information about provisioned instances, and supports pagination. 2963// 2964// This operation can also return information for Amazon RDS instances and Amazon 2965// DocDB instances. 2966// 2967// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2968// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2969// the error. 2970// 2971// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 2972// API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. 2973// 2974// Returned Error Codes: 2975// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 2976// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 2977// 2978// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 2979func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 2980 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 2981 return out, req.Send() 2982} 2983 2984// DescribeDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstances with the addition of 2985// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2986// 2987// See DescribeDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation. 2988// 2989// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2990// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2991// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2992// for more information on using Contexts. 2993func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 2994 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 2995 req.SetContext(ctx) 2996 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2997 return out, req.Send() 2998} 2999 3000// DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation, 3001// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3002// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3003// 3004// See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. 3005// 3006// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3007// 3008// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation. 3009// pageNum := 0 3010// err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params, 3011// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3012// pageNum++ 3013// fmt.Println(page) 3014// return pageNum <= 3 3015// }) 3016// 3017func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error { 3018 return c.DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3019} 3020 3021// DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstancesPages except 3022// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3023// 3024// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3025// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3026// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3027// for more information on using Contexts. 3028func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3029 p := request.Pagination{ 3030 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3031 var inCpy *DescribeDBInstancesInput 3032 if input != nil { 3033 tmp := *input 3034 inCpy = &tmp 3035 } 3036 req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(inCpy) 3037 req.SetContext(ctx) 3038 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3039 return req, nil 3040 }, 3041 } 3042 3043 for p.Next() { 3044 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3045 break 3046 } 3047 } 3048 3049 return p.Err() 3050} 3051 3052const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups" 3053 3054// DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3055// client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 3056// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3057// successfully. 3058// 3059// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3060// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3061// 3062// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBParameterGroups 3063// API call, and error handling. 3064// 3065// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3066// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3067// 3068// 3069// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method. 3070// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params) 3071// 3072// err := req.Send() 3073// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3074// fmt.Println(resp) 3075// } 3076// 3077// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 3078func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) { 3079 op := &request.Operation{ 3080 Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups, 3081 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3082 HTTPPath: "/", 3083 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3084 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3085 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3086 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3087 TruncationToken: "", 3088 }, 3089 } 3090 3091 if input == nil { 3092 input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{} 3093 } 3094 3095 output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{} 3096 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3097 return 3098} 3099 3100// DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3101// 3102// Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName 3103// is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified 3104// DB parameter group. 3105// 3106// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3107// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3108// the error. 3109// 3110// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3111// API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. 3112// 3113// Returned Error Codes: 3114// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 3115// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 3116// 3117// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 3118func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 3119 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 3120 return out, req.Send() 3121} 3122 3123// DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameterGroups with the addition of 3124// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3125// 3126// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 3127// 3128// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3129// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3130// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3131// for more information on using Contexts. 3132func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 3133 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 3134 req.SetContext(ctx) 3135 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3136 return out, req.Send() 3137} 3138 3139// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation, 3140// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3141// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3142// 3143// See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 3144// 3145// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3146// 3147// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. 3148// pageNum := 0 3149// err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params, 3150// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3151// pageNum++ 3152// fmt.Println(page) 3153// return pageNum <= 3 3154// }) 3155// 3156func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3157 return c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3158} 3159 3160// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages except 3161// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3162// 3163// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3164// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3165// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3166// for more information on using Contexts. 3167func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3168 p := request.Pagination{ 3169 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3170 var inCpy *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput 3171 if input != nil { 3172 tmp := *input 3173 inCpy = &tmp 3174 } 3175 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy) 3176 req.SetContext(ctx) 3177 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3178 return req, nil 3179 }, 3180 } 3181 3182 for p.Next() { 3183 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3184 break 3185 } 3186 } 3187 3188 return p.Err() 3189} 3190 3191const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters" 3192 3193// DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3194// client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return 3195// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3196// successfully. 3197// 3198// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3199// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3200// 3201// See DescribeDBParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBParameters 3202// API call, and error handling. 3203// 3204// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3205// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3206// 3207// 3208// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method. 3209// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params) 3210// 3211// err := req.Send() 3212// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3213// fmt.Println(resp) 3214// } 3215// 3216// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 3217func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) { 3218 op := &request.Operation{ 3219 Name: opDescribeDBParameters, 3220 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3221 HTTPPath: "/", 3222 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3223 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3224 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3225 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3226 TruncationToken: "", 3227 }, 3228 } 3229 3230 if input == nil { 3231 input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{} 3232 } 3233 3234 output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{} 3235 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3236 return 3237} 3238 3239// DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3240// 3241// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. 3242// 3243// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3244// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3245// the error. 3246// 3247// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3248// API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. 3249// 3250// Returned Error Codes: 3251// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 3252// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 3253// 3254// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 3255func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 3256 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 3257 return out, req.Send() 3258} 3259 3260// DescribeDBParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameters with the addition of 3261// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3262// 3263// See DescribeDBParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 3264// 3265// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3266// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3267// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3268// for more information on using Contexts. 3269func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 3270 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 3271 req.SetContext(ctx) 3272 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3273 return out, req.Send() 3274} 3275 3276// DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation, 3277// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3278// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3279// 3280// See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 3281// 3282// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3283// 3284// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation. 3285// pageNum := 0 3286// err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params, 3287// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3288// pageNum++ 3289// fmt.Println(page) 3290// return pageNum <= 3 3291// }) 3292// 3293func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 3294 return c.DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3295} 3296 3297// DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParametersPages except 3298// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3299// 3300// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3301// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3302// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3303// for more information on using Contexts. 3304func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3305 p := request.Pagination{ 3306 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3307 var inCpy *DescribeDBParametersInput 3308 if input != nil { 3309 tmp := *input 3310 inCpy = &tmp 3311 } 3312 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(inCpy) 3313 req.SetContext(ctx) 3314 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3315 return req, nil 3316 }, 3317 } 3318 3319 for p.Next() { 3320 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3321 break 3322 } 3323 } 3324 3325 return p.Err() 3326} 3327 3328const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" 3329 3330// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3331// client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return 3332// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3333// successfully. 3334// 3335// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3336// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3337// 3338// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 3339// API call, and error handling. 3340// 3341// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3342// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3343// 3344// 3345// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method. 3346// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params) 3347// 3348// err := req.Send() 3349// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3350// fmt.Println(resp) 3351// } 3352// 3353// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 3354func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) { 3355 op := &request.Operation{ 3356 Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups, 3357 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3358 HTTPPath: "/", 3359 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3360 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3361 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3362 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3363 TruncationToken: "", 3364 }, 3365 } 3366 3367 if input == nil { 3368 input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{} 3369 } 3370 3371 output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{} 3372 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3373 return 3374} 3375 3376// DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3377// 3378// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, 3379// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup. 3380// 3381// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 3382// 3383// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3384// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3385// the error. 3386// 3387// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3388// API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. 3389// 3390// Returned Error Codes: 3391// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 3392// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 3393// 3394// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 3395func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 3396 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 3397 return out, req.Send() 3398} 3399 3400// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSubnetGroups with the addition of 3401// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3402// 3403// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 3404// 3405// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3406// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3407// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3408// for more information on using Contexts. 3409func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 3410 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 3411 req.SetContext(ctx) 3412 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3413 return out, req.Send() 3414} 3415 3416// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation, 3417// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3418// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3419// 3420// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 3421// 3422// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3423// 3424// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. 3425// pageNum := 0 3426// err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params, 3427// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3428// pageNum++ 3429// fmt.Println(page) 3430// return pageNum <= 3 3431// }) 3432// 3433func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3434 return c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3435} 3436 3437// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages except 3438// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3439// 3440// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3441// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3442// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3443// for more information on using Contexts. 3444func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3445 p := request.Pagination{ 3446 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3447 var inCpy *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput 3448 if input != nil { 3449 tmp := *input 3450 inCpy = &tmp 3451 } 3452 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy) 3453 req.SetContext(ctx) 3454 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3455 return req, nil 3456 }, 3457 } 3458 3459 for p.Next() { 3460 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3461 break 3462 } 3463 } 3464 3465 return p.Err() 3466} 3467 3468const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" 3469 3470// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3471// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 3472// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3473// successfully. 3474// 3475// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3476// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3477// 3478// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 3479// API call, and error handling. 3480// 3481// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3482// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3483// 3484// 3485// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method. 3486// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params) 3487// 3488// err := req.Send() 3489// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3490// fmt.Println(resp) 3491// } 3492// 3493// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 3494func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) { 3495 op := &request.Operation{ 3496 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters, 3497 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3498 HTTPPath: "/", 3499 } 3500 3501 if input == nil { 3502 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{} 3503 } 3504 3505 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{} 3506 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3507 return 3508} 3509 3510// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3511// 3512// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster 3513// database engine. 3514// 3515// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3516// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3517// the error. 3518// 3519// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3520// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. 3521// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 3522func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 3523 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 3524 return out, req.Send() 3525} 3526 3527// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of 3528// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3529// 3530// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 3531// 3532// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3533// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3534// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3535// for more information on using Contexts. 3536func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 3537 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 3538 req.SetContext(ctx) 3539 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3540 return out, req.Send() 3541} 3542 3543const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" 3544 3545// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3546// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return 3547// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3548// successfully. 3549// 3550// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3551// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3552// 3553// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 3554// API call, and error handling. 3555// 3556// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3557// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3558// 3559// 3560// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method. 3561// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params) 3562// 3563// err := req.Send() 3564// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3565// fmt.Println(resp) 3566// } 3567// 3568// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 3569func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) { 3570 op := &request.Operation{ 3571 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters, 3572 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3573 HTTPPath: "/", 3574 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3575 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3576 OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"}, 3577 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3578 TruncationToken: "", 3579 }, 3580 } 3581 3582 if input == nil { 3583 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{} 3584 } 3585 3586 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{} 3587 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3588 return 3589} 3590 3591// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3592// 3593// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified 3594// database engine. 3595// 3596// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3597// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3598// the error. 3599// 3600// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3601// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. 3602// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 3603func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 3604 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 3605 return out, req.Send() 3606} 3607 3608// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultParameters with the addition of 3609// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3610// 3611// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 3612// 3613// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3614// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3615// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3616// for more information on using Contexts. 3617func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 3618 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 3619 req.SetContext(ctx) 3620 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3621 return out, req.Send() 3622} 3623 3624// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation, 3625// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3626// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3627// 3628// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 3629// 3630// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3631// 3632// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. 3633// pageNum := 0 3634// err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params, 3635// func(page *neptune.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3636// pageNum++ 3637// fmt.Println(page) 3638// return pageNum <= 3 3639// }) 3640// 3641func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 3642 return c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3643} 3644 3645// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages except 3646// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3647// 3648// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3649// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3650// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3651// for more information on using Contexts. 3652func (c *Neptune) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3653 p := request.Pagination{ 3654 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3655 var inCpy *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput 3656 if input != nil { 3657 tmp := *input 3658 inCpy = &tmp 3659 } 3660 req, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(inCpy) 3661 req.SetContext(ctx) 3662 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3663 return req, nil 3664 }, 3665 } 3666 3667 for p.Next() { 3668 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3669 break 3670 } 3671 } 3672 3673 return p.Err() 3674} 3675 3676const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories" 3677 3678// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3679// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return 3680// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3681// successfully. 3682// 3683// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3684// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3685// 3686// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories 3687// API call, and error handling. 3688// 3689// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3690// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3691// 3692// 3693// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method. 3694// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params) 3695// 3696// err := req.Send() 3697// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3698// fmt.Println(resp) 3699// } 3700// 3701// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 3702func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) { 3703 op := &request.Operation{ 3704 Name: opDescribeEventCategories, 3705 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3706 HTTPPath: "/", 3707 } 3708 3709 if input == nil { 3710 input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{} 3711 } 3712 3713 output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{} 3714 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3715 return 3716} 3717 3718// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3719// 3720// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, 3721// for a specified source type. 3722// 3723// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3724// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3725// the error. 3726// 3727// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3728// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. 3729// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 3730func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 3731 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 3732 return out, req.Send() 3733} 3734 3735// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of 3736// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3737// 3738// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation. 3739// 3740// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3741// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3742// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3743// for more information on using Contexts. 3744func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 3745 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 3746 req.SetContext(ctx) 3747 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3748 return out, req.Send() 3749} 3750 3751const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions" 3752 3753// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3754// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return 3755// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3756// successfully. 3757// 3758// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3759// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3760// 3761// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions 3762// API call, and error handling. 3763// 3764// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3765// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3766// 3767// 3768// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method. 3769// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params) 3770// 3771// err := req.Send() 3772// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3773// fmt.Println(resp) 3774// } 3775// 3776// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 3777func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) { 3778 op := &request.Operation{ 3779 Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions, 3780 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3781 HTTPPath: "/", 3782 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3783 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3784 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3785 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3786 TruncationToken: "", 3787 }, 3788 } 3789 3790 if input == nil { 3791 input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{} 3792 } 3793 3794 output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{} 3795 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3796 return 3797} 3798 3799// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3800// 3801// Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description 3802// for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, 3803// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. 3804// 3805// If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. 3806// 3807// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3808// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3809// the error. 3810// 3811// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3812// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. 3813// 3814// Returned Error Codes: 3815// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 3816// The designated subscription could not be found. 3817// 3818// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 3819func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 3820 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 3821 return out, req.Send() 3822} 3823 3824// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of 3825// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3826// 3827// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation. 3828// 3829// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3830// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3831// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3832// for more information on using Contexts. 3833func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 3834 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 3835 req.SetContext(ctx) 3836 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3837 return out, req.Send() 3838} 3839 3840// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation, 3841// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3842// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3843// 3844// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 3845// 3846// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3847// 3848// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. 3849// pageNum := 0 3850// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params, 3851// func(page *neptune.DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3852// pageNum++ 3853// fmt.Println(page) 3854// return pageNum <= 3 3855// }) 3856// 3857func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3858 return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3859} 3860 3861// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except 3862// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3863// 3864// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3865// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3866// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3867// for more information on using Contexts. 3868func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3869 p := request.Pagination{ 3870 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3871 var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 3872 if input != nil { 3873 tmp := *input 3874 inCpy = &tmp 3875 } 3876 req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy) 3877 req.SetContext(ctx) 3878 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3879 return req, nil 3880 }, 3881 } 3882 3883 for p.Next() { 3884 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3885 break 3886 } 3887 } 3888 3889 return p.Err() 3890} 3891 3892const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" 3893 3894// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3895// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return 3896// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3897// successfully. 3898// 3899// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3900// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3901// 3902// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents 3903// API call, and error handling. 3904// 3905// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3906// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3907// 3908// 3909// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method. 3910// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params) 3911// 3912// err := req.Send() 3913// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3914// fmt.Println(resp) 3915// } 3916// 3917// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 3918func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) { 3919 op := &request.Operation{ 3920 Name: opDescribeEvents, 3921 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3922 HTTPPath: "/", 3923 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3924 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3925 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3926 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3927 TruncationToken: "", 3928 }, 3929 } 3930 3931 if input == nil { 3932 input = &DescribeEventsInput{} 3933 } 3934 3935 output = &DescribeEventsOutput{} 3936 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3937 return 3938} 3939 3940// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Neptune. 3941// 3942// Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, 3943// and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular 3944// DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group 3945// can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past 3946// hour of events are returned. 3947// 3948// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3949// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3950// the error. 3951// 3952// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 3953// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. 3954// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 3955func (c *Neptune) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 3956 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 3957 return out, req.Send() 3958} 3959 3960// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of 3961// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3962// 3963// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation. 3964// 3965// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3966// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3967// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3968// for more information on using Contexts. 3969func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 3970 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 3971 req.SetContext(ctx) 3972 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3973 return out, req.Send() 3974} 3975 3976// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation, 3977// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3978// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3979// 3980// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation. 3981// 3982// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3983// 3984// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation. 3985// pageNum := 0 3986// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params, 3987// func(page *neptune.DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3988// pageNum++ 3989// fmt.Println(page) 3990// return pageNum <= 3 3991// }) 3992// 3993func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3994 return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3995} 3996 3997// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except 3998// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3999// 4000// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4001// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4002// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4003// for more information on using Contexts. 4004func (c *Neptune) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4005 p := request.Pagination{ 4006 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4007 var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput 4008 if input != nil { 4009 tmp := *input 4010 inCpy = &tmp 4011 } 4012 req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy) 4013 req.SetContext(ctx) 4014 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4015 return req, nil 4016 }, 4017 } 4018 4019 for p.Next() { 4020 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 4021 break 4022 } 4023 } 4024 4025 return p.Err() 4026} 4027 4028const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" 4029 4030// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4031// client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return 4032// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4033// successfully. 4034// 4035// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4036// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4037// 4038// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 4039// API call, and error handling. 4040// 4041// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4042// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4043// 4044// 4045// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method. 4046// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params) 4047// 4048// err := req.Send() 4049// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4050// fmt.Println(resp) 4051// } 4052// 4053// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 4054func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) { 4055 op := &request.Operation{ 4056 Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions, 4057 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4058 HTTPPath: "/", 4059 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4060 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4061 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4062 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4063 TruncationToken: "", 4064 }, 4065 } 4066 4067 if input == nil { 4068 input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{} 4069 } 4070 4071 output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{} 4072 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4073 return 4074} 4075 4076// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4077// 4078// Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. 4079// 4080// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4081// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4082// the error. 4083// 4084// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4085// API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. 4086// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 4087func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 4088 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 4089 return out, req.Send() 4090} 4091 4092// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions with the addition of 4093// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4094// 4095// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for details on how to use this API operation. 4096// 4097// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4098// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4099// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4100// for more information on using Contexts. 4101func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 4102 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 4103 req.SetContext(ctx) 4104 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4105 return out, req.Send() 4106} 4107 4108// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation, 4109// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4110// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4111// 4112// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 4113// 4114// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4115// 4116// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. 4117// pageNum := 0 4118// err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params, 4119// func(page *neptune.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4120// pageNum++ 4121// fmt.Println(page) 4122// return pageNum <= 3 4123// }) 4124// 4125func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4126 return c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4127} 4128 4129// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages except 4130// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4131// 4132// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4133// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4134// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4135// for more information on using Contexts. 4136func (c *Neptune) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4137 p := request.Pagination{ 4138 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4139 var inCpy *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput 4140 if input != nil { 4141 tmp := *input 4142 inCpy = &tmp 4143 } 4144 req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(inCpy) 4145 req.SetContext(ctx) 4146 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4147 return req, nil 4148 }, 4149 } 4150 4151 for p.Next() { 4152 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 4153 break 4154 } 4155 } 4156 4157 return p.Err() 4158} 4159 4160const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" 4161 4162// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4163// client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return 4164// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4165// successfully. 4166// 4167// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4168// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4169// 4170// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for more information on using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 4171// API call, and error handling. 4172// 4173// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4174// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4175// 4176// 4177// // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method. 4178// req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params) 4179// 4180// err := req.Send() 4181// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4182// fmt.Println(resp) 4183// } 4184// 4185// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 4186func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) { 4187 op := &request.Operation{ 4188 Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions, 4189 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4190 HTTPPath: "/", 4191 } 4192 4193 if input == nil { 4194 input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{} 4195 } 4196 4197 output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{} 4198 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4199 return 4200} 4201 4202// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4203// 4204// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least 4205// one pending maintenance action. 4206// 4207// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4208// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4209// the error. 4210// 4211// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4212// API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. 4213// 4214// Returned Error Codes: 4215// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 4216// The specified resource ID was not found. 4217// 4218// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 4219func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 4220 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 4221 return out, req.Send() 4222} 4223 4224// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext is the same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActions with the addition of 4225// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4226// 4227// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for details on how to use this API operation. 4228// 4229// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4230// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4231// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4232// for more information on using Contexts. 4233func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 4234 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 4235 req.SetContext(ctx) 4236 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4237 return out, req.Send() 4238} 4239 4240const opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications = "DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications" 4241 4242// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4243// client's request for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications operation. The "output" return 4244// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4245// successfully. 4246// 4247// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4248// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4249// 4250// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for more information on using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 4251// API call, and error handling. 4252// 4253// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4254// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4255// 4256// 4257// // Example sending a request using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest method. 4258// req, resp := client.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(params) 4259// 4260// err := req.Send() 4261// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4262// fmt.Println(resp) 4263// } 4264// 4265// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 4266func (c *Neptune) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) { 4267 op := &request.Operation{ 4268 Name: opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications, 4269 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4270 HTTPPath: "/", 4271 } 4272 4273 if input == nil { 4274 input = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput{} 4275 } 4276 4277 output = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput{} 4278 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4279 return 4280} 4281 4282// DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4283// 4284// You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications 4285// you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call 4286// ModifyDBInstance. 4287// 4288// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4289// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4290// the error. 4291// 4292// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4293// API operation DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for usage and error information. 4294// 4295// Returned Error Codes: 4296// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 4297// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 4298// 4299// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 4300// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 4301// 4302// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 4303func (c *Neptune) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 4304 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 4305 return out, req.Send() 4306} 4307 4308// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications with the addition of 4309// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4310// 4311// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for details on how to use this API operation. 4312// 4313// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4314// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4315// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4316// for more information on using Contexts. 4317func (c *Neptune) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 4318 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 4319 req.SetContext(ctx) 4320 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4321 return out, req.Send() 4322} 4323 4324const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster" 4325 4326// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4327// client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return 4328// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4329// successfully. 4330// 4331// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4332// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4333// 4334// See FailoverDBCluster for more information on using the FailoverDBCluster 4335// API call, and error handling. 4336// 4337// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4338// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4339// 4340// 4341// // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method. 4342// req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params) 4343// 4344// err := req.Send() 4345// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4346// fmt.Println(resp) 4347// } 4348// 4349// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 4350func (c *Neptune) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) { 4351 op := &request.Operation{ 4352 Name: opFailoverDBCluster, 4353 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4354 HTTPPath: "/", 4355 } 4356 4357 if input == nil { 4358 input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{} 4359 } 4360 4361 output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{} 4362 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4363 return 4364} 4365 4366// FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4367// 4368// Forces a failover for a DB cluster. 4369// 4370// A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Read Replicas (read-only 4371// instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster writer). 4372// 4373// Amazon Neptune will automatically fail over to a Read Replica, if one exists, 4374// when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to 4375// simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing. Because each instance 4376// in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and 4377// re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when 4378// the failover is complete. 4379// 4380// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4381// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4382// the error. 4383// 4384// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4385// API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. 4386// 4387// Returned Error Codes: 4388// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 4389// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 4390// 4391// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 4392// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 4393// 4394// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 4395// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 4396// 4397// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 4398func (c *Neptune) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 4399 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 4400 return out, req.Send() 4401} 4402 4403// FailoverDBClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverDBCluster with the addition of 4404// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4405// 4406// See FailoverDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 4407// 4408// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4409// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4410// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4411// for more information on using Contexts. 4412func (c *Neptune) FailoverDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 4413 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 4414 req.SetContext(ctx) 4415 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4416 return out, req.Send() 4417} 4418 4419const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 4420 4421// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4422// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 4423// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4424// successfully. 4425// 4426// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4427// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4428// 4429// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 4430// API call, and error handling. 4431// 4432// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4433// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4434// 4435// 4436// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 4437// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 4438// 4439// err := req.Send() 4440// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4441// fmt.Println(resp) 4442// } 4443// 4444// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 4445func (c *Neptune) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 4446 op := &request.Operation{ 4447 Name: opListTagsForResource, 4448 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4449 HTTPPath: "/", 4450 } 4451 4452 if input == nil { 4453 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 4454 } 4455 4456 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 4457 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4458 return 4459} 4460 4461// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4462// 4463// Lists all tags on an Amazon Neptune resource. 4464// 4465// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4466// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4467// the error. 4468// 4469// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4470// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 4471// 4472// Returned Error Codes: 4473// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 4474// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 4475// 4476// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 4477// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 4478// 4479// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 4480// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 4481// 4482// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 4483func (c *Neptune) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 4484 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 4485 return out, req.Send() 4486} 4487 4488// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 4489// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4490// 4491// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 4492// 4493// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4494// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4495// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4496// for more information on using Contexts. 4497func (c *Neptune) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 4498 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 4499 req.SetContext(ctx) 4500 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4501 return out, req.Send() 4502} 4503 4504const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster" 4505 4506// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4507// client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return 4508// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4509// successfully. 4510// 4511// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4512// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4513// 4514// See ModifyDBCluster for more information on using the ModifyDBCluster 4515// API call, and error handling. 4516// 4517// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4518// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4519// 4520// 4521// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method. 4522// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params) 4523// 4524// err := req.Send() 4525// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4526// fmt.Println(resp) 4527// } 4528// 4529// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 4530func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) { 4531 op := &request.Operation{ 4532 Name: opModifyDBCluster, 4533 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4534 HTTPPath: "/", 4535 } 4536 4537 if input == nil { 4538 input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{} 4539 } 4540 4541 output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{} 4542 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4543 return 4544} 4545 4546// ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4547// 4548// Modify a setting for a DB cluster. You can change one or more database configuration 4549// parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. 4550// 4551// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4552// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4553// the error. 4554// 4555// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4556// API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. 4557// 4558// Returned Error Codes: 4559// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 4560// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 4561// 4562// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 4563// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 4564// 4565// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 4566// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 4567// across all DB instances. 4568// 4569// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 4570// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 4571// 4572// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 4573// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 4574// because users' change. 4575// 4576// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 4577// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 4578// 4579// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 4580// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 4581// are not all in a common VPC. 4582// 4583// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 4584// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 4585// group. 4586// 4587// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 4588// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 4589// 4590// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 4591// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 4592// 4593// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 4594// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 4595// 4596// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 4597func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 4598 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 4599 return out, req.Send() 4600} 4601 4602// ModifyDBClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyDBCluster with the addition of 4603// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4604// 4605// See ModifyDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 4606// 4607// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4608// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4609// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4610// for more information on using Contexts. 4611func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 4612 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 4613 req.SetContext(ctx) 4614 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4615 return out, req.Send() 4616} 4617 4618const opModifyDBClusterEndpoint = "ModifyDBClusterEndpoint" 4619 4620// ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4621// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint operation. The "output" return 4622// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4623// successfully. 4624// 4625// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4626// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4627// 4628// See ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 4629// API call, and error handling. 4630// 4631// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4632// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4633// 4634// 4635// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest method. 4636// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(params) 4637// 4638// err := req.Send() 4639// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4640// fmt.Println(resp) 4641// } 4642// 4643// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 4644func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) { 4645 op := &request.Operation{ 4646 Name: opModifyDBClusterEndpoint, 4647 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4648 HTTPPath: "/", 4649 } 4650 4651 if input == nil { 4652 input = &ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput{} 4653 } 4654 4655 output = &ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput{} 4656 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4657 return 4658} 4659 4660// ModifyDBClusterEndpoint API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4661// 4662// Modifies the properties of an endpoint in an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 4663// 4664// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4665// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4666// the error. 4667// 4668// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4669// API operation ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for usage and error information. 4670// 4671// Returned Error Codes: 4672// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 4673// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 4674// 4675// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault "InvalidDBClusterEndpointStateFault" 4676// The requested operation cannot be performed on the endpoint while the endpoint 4677// is in this state. 4678// 4679// * ErrCodeDBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault "DBClusterEndpointNotFoundFault" 4680// The specified custom endpoint doesn't exist. 4681// 4682// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 4683// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 4684// 4685// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 4686// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 4687// 4688// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 4689func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterEndpoint(input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 4690 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 4691 return out, req.Send() 4692} 4693 4694// ModifyDBClusterEndpointWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterEndpoint with the addition of 4695// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4696// 4697// See ModifyDBClusterEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. 4698// 4699// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4700// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4701// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4702// for more information on using Contexts. 4703func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput, error) { 4704 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterEndpointRequest(input) 4705 req.SetContext(ctx) 4706 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4707 return out, req.Send() 4708} 4709 4710const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" 4711 4712// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4713// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 4714// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4715// successfully. 4716// 4717// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4718// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4719// 4720// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 4721// API call, and error handling. 4722// 4723// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4724// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4725// 4726// 4727// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 4728// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 4729// 4730// err := req.Send() 4731// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4732// fmt.Println(resp) 4733// } 4734// 4735// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 4736func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 4737 op := &request.Operation{ 4738 Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup, 4739 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4740 HTTPPath: "/", 4741 } 4742 4743 if input == nil { 4744 input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 4745 } 4746 4747 output = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 4748 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4749 return 4750} 4751 4752// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4753// 4754// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than 4755// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 4756// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 4757// 4758// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static 4759// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated 4760// with the parameter group before the change can take effect. 4761// 4762// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 4763// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 4764// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully 4765// complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default 4766// for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are 4767// critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the 4768// character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database 4769// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune 4770// console or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB 4771// cluster parameter group has been created or modified. 4772// 4773// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4774// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4775// the error. 4776// 4777// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4778// API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 4779// 4780// Returned Error Codes: 4781// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4782// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4783// 4784// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 4785// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 4786// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 4787// is in this state. 4788// 4789// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 4790func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 4791 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 4792 return out, req.Send() 4793} 4794 4795// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 4796// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4797// 4798// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 4799// 4800// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4801// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4802// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4803// for more information on using Contexts. 4804func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 4805 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 4806 req.SetContext(ctx) 4807 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4808 return out, req.Send() 4809} 4810 4811const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute" 4812 4813// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4814// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return 4815// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4816// successfully. 4817// 4818// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4819// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4820// 4821// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 4822// API call, and error handling. 4823// 4824// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4825// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4826// 4827// 4828// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method. 4829// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) 4830// 4831// err := req.Send() 4832// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4833// fmt.Println(resp) 4834// } 4835// 4836// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 4837func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) { 4838 op := &request.Operation{ 4839 Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute, 4840 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4841 HTTPPath: "/", 4842 } 4843 4844 if input == nil { 4845 input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{} 4846 } 4847 4848 output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{} 4849 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4850 return 4851} 4852 4853// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4854// 4855// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, 4856// a manual DB cluster snapshot. 4857// 4858// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore 4859// as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs 4860// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster 4861// snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, 4862// which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not 4863// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private 4864// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual 4865// DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying 4866// a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't 4867// use all as a value for that parameter in this case. 4868// 4869// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster 4870// snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use 4871// the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. 4872// 4873// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4874// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4875// the error. 4876// 4877// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4878// API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. 4879// 4880// Returned Error Codes: 4881// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 4882// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 4883// 4884// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 4885// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 4886// 4887// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" 4888// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual 4889// DB snapshot with. 4890// 4891// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 4892func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 4893 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 4894 return out, req.Send() 4895} 4896 4897// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute with the addition of 4898// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4899// 4900// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation. 4901// 4902// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4903// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4904// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4905// for more information on using Contexts. 4906func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 4907 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 4908 req.SetContext(ctx) 4909 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4910 return out, req.Send() 4911} 4912 4913const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance" 4914 4915// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4916// client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return 4917// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4918// successfully. 4919// 4920// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4921// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4922// 4923// See ModifyDBInstance for more information on using the ModifyDBInstance 4924// API call, and error handling. 4925// 4926// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4927// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4928// 4929// 4930// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method. 4931// req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params) 4932// 4933// err := req.Send() 4934// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4935// fmt.Println(resp) 4936// } 4937// 4938// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 4939func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) { 4940 op := &request.Operation{ 4941 Name: opModifyDBInstance, 4942 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4943 HTTPPath: "/", 4944 } 4945 4946 if input == nil { 4947 input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{} 4948 } 4949 4950 output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{} 4951 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4952 return 4953} 4954 4955// ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Neptune. 4956// 4957// Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database 4958// configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values 4959// in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance, 4960// call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance. 4961// 4962// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4963// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4964// the error. 4965// 4966// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 4967// API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. 4968// 4969// Returned Error Codes: 4970// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 4971// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 4972// 4973// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 4974// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 4975// 4976// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 4977// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 4978// 4979// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 4980// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 4981// 4982// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 4983// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 4984// 4985// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4986// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4987// 4988// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 4989// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 4990// Zone. 4991// 4992// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 4993// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 4994// across all DB instances. 4995// 4996// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 4997// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 4998// because users' change. 4999// 5000// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 5001// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 5002// 5003// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 5004// The designated option group could not be found. 5005// 5006// * ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure" 5007// The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on could not be modified. 5008// 5009// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 5010// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 5011// 5012// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 5013// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 5014// DB security group. 5015// 5016// Neptune may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on 5017// your behalf. 5018// 5019// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 5020// CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate. 5021// 5022// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 5023// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. 5024// 5025// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 5026func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 5027 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 5028 return out, req.Send() 5029} 5030 5031// ModifyDBInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyDBInstance with the addition of 5032// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5033// 5034// See ModifyDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 5035// 5036// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5037// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5038// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5039// for more information on using Contexts. 5040func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 5041 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 5042 req.SetContext(ctx) 5043 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5044 return out, req.Send() 5045} 5046 5047const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup" 5048 5049// ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5050// client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 5051// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5052// successfully. 5053// 5054// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5055// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5056// 5057// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBParameterGroup 5058// API call, and error handling. 5059// 5060// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5061// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5062// 5063// 5064// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 5065// req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 5066// 5067// err := req.Send() 5068// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5069// fmt.Println(resp) 5070// } 5071// 5072// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 5073func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) { 5074 op := &request.Operation{ 5075 Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup, 5076 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5077 HTTPPath: "/", 5078 } 5079 5080 if input == nil { 5081 input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{} 5082 } 5083 5084 output = &ResetDBParameterGroupOutput{} 5085 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5086 return 5087} 5088 5089// ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5090// 5091// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one 5092// parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 5093// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 5094// 5095// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static 5096// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated 5097// with the parameter group before the change can take effect. 5098// 5099// After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 5100// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 5101// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully complete 5102// the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 5103// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 5104// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 5105// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 5106// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune console or 5107// the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has 5108// been created or modified. 5109// 5110// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5111// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5112// the error. 5113// 5114// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5115// API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 5116// 5117// Returned Error Codes: 5118// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 5119// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 5120// 5121// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 5122// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 5123// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 5124// is in this state. 5125// 5126// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 5127func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5128 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 5129 return out, req.Send() 5130} 5131 5132// ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 5133// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5134// 5135// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 5136// 5137// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5138// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5139// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5140// for more information on using Contexts. 5141func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5142 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 5143 req.SetContext(ctx) 5144 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5145 return out, req.Send() 5146} 5147 5148const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" 5149 5150// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5151// client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 5152// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5153// successfully. 5154// 5155// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5156// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5157// 5158// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBSubnetGroup 5159// API call, and error handling. 5160// 5161// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5162// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5163// 5164// 5165// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 5166// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 5167// 5168// err := req.Send() 5169// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5170// fmt.Println(resp) 5171// } 5172// 5173// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 5174func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 5175 op := &request.Operation{ 5176 Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup, 5177 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5178 HTTPPath: "/", 5179 } 5180 5181 if input == nil { 5182 input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{} 5183 } 5184 5185 output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 5186 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5187 return 5188} 5189 5190// ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5191// 5192// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least 5193// one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 5194// 5195// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5196// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5197// the error. 5198// 5199// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5200// API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 5201// 5202// Returned Error Codes: 5203// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 5204// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 5205// 5206// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 5207// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a 5208// DB subnet groups. 5209// 5210// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse" 5211// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone. 5212// 5213// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 5214// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 5215// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 5216// 5217// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 5218// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 5219// are not all in a common VPC. 5220// 5221// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 5222func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 5223 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 5224 return out, req.Send() 5225} 5226 5227// ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 5228// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5229// 5230// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 5231// 5232// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5233// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5234// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5235// for more information on using Contexts. 5236func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 5237 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 5238 req.SetContext(ctx) 5239 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5240 return out, req.Send() 5241} 5242 5243const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription" 5244 5245// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5246// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 5247// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5248// successfully. 5249// 5250// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5251// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5252// 5253// See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription 5254// API call, and error handling. 5255// 5256// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5257// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5258// 5259// 5260// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method. 5261// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 5262// 5263// err := req.Send() 5264// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5265// fmt.Println(resp) 5266// } 5267// 5268// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 5269func (c *Neptune) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) { 5270 op := &request.Operation{ 5271 Name: opModifyEventSubscription, 5272 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5273 HTTPPath: "/", 5274 } 5275 5276 if input == nil { 5277 input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{} 5278 } 5279 5280 output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{} 5281 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5282 return 5283} 5284 5285// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5286// 5287// Modifies an existing event notification subscription. Note that you can't 5288// modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers 5289// for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 5290// calls. 5291// 5292// You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType by using 5293// the DescribeEventCategories action. 5294// 5295// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5296// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5297// the error. 5298// 5299// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5300// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. 5301// 5302// Returned Error Codes: 5303// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 5304// You have exceeded the number of events you can subscribe to. 5305// 5306// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 5307// The designated subscription could not be found. 5308// 5309// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 5310// The SNS topic is invalid. 5311// 5312// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 5313// There is no SNS authorization. 5314// 5315// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 5316// The ARN of the SNS topic could not be found. 5317// 5318// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 5319// The designated subscription category could not be found. 5320// 5321// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 5322func (c *Neptune) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 5323 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 5324 return out, req.Send() 5325} 5326 5327// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of 5328// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5329// 5330// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 5331// 5332// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5333// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5334// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5335// for more information on using Contexts. 5336func (c *Neptune) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 5337 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 5338 req.SetContext(ctx) 5339 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5340 return out, req.Send() 5341} 5342 5343const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster" 5344 5345// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5346// client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return 5347// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5348// successfully. 5349// 5350// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5351// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5352// 5353// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for more information on using the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 5354// API call, and error handling. 5355// 5356// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5357// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5358// 5359// 5360// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method. 5361// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params) 5362// 5363// err := req.Send() 5364// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5365// fmt.Println(resp) 5366// } 5367// 5368// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 5369func (c *Neptune) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) { 5370 op := &request.Operation{ 5371 Name: opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, 5372 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5373 HTTPPath: "/", 5374 } 5375 5376 if input == nil { 5377 input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{} 5378 } 5379 5380 output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{} 5381 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5382 return 5383} 5384 5385// PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5386// 5387// Not supported. 5388// 5389// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5390// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5391// the error. 5392// 5393// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5394// API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. 5395// 5396// Returned Error Codes: 5397// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5398// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 5399// 5400// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 5401// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 5402// 5403// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 5404func (c *Neptune) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 5405 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 5406 return out, req.Send() 5407} 5408 5409// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster with the addition of 5410// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5411// 5412// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 5413// 5414// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5415// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5416// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5417// for more information on using Contexts. 5418func (c *Neptune) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 5419 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 5420 req.SetContext(ctx) 5421 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5422 return out, req.Send() 5423} 5424 5425const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance" 5426 5427// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5428// client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return 5429// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5430// successfully. 5431// 5432// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5433// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5434// 5435// See RebootDBInstance for more information on using the RebootDBInstance 5436// API call, and error handling. 5437// 5438// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5439// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5440// 5441// 5442// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method. 5443// req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params) 5444// 5445// err := req.Send() 5446// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5447// fmt.Println(resp) 5448// } 5449// 5450// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 5451func (c *Neptune) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) { 5452 op := &request.Operation{ 5453 Name: opRebootDBInstance, 5454 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5455 HTTPPath: "/", 5456 } 5457 5458 if input == nil { 5459 input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{} 5460 } 5461 5462 output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{} 5463 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5464 return 5465} 5466 5467// RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5468// 5469// You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. 5470// For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter 5471// group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the 5472// changes to take effect. 5473// 5474// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a 5475// DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status 5476// is set to rebooting. 5477// 5478// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5479// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5480// the error. 5481// 5482// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5483// API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. 5484// 5485// Returned Error Codes: 5486// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 5487// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 5488// 5489// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 5490// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 5491// 5492// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 5493func (c *Neptune) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 5494 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 5495 return out, req.Send() 5496} 5497 5498// RebootDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootDBInstance with the addition of 5499// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5500// 5501// See RebootDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 5502// 5503// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5504// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5505// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5506// for more information on using Contexts. 5507func (c *Neptune) RebootDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 5508 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 5509 req.SetContext(ctx) 5510 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5511 return out, req.Send() 5512} 5513 5514const opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster = "RemoveRoleFromDBCluster" 5515 5516// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5517// client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster operation. The "output" return 5518// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5519// successfully. 5520// 5521// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5522// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5523// 5524// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 5525// API call, and error handling. 5526// 5527// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5528// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5529// 5530// 5531// // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest method. 5532// req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params) 5533// 5534// err := req.Send() 5535// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5536// fmt.Println(resp) 5537// } 5538// 5539// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 5540func (c *Neptune) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) { 5541 op := &request.Operation{ 5542 Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster, 5543 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5544 HTTPPath: "/", 5545 } 5546 5547 if input == nil { 5548 input = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput{} 5549 } 5550 5551 output = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput{} 5552 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5553 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 5554 return 5555} 5556 5557// RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5558// 5559// Disassociates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from a DB cluster. 5560// 5561// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5562// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5563// the error. 5564// 5565// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5566// API operation RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information. 5567// 5568// Returned Error Codes: 5569// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5570// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 5571// 5572// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault "DBClusterRoleNotFound" 5573// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not associated with 5574// the specified DB cluster. 5575// 5576// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 5577// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 5578// 5579// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 5580func (c *Neptune) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 5581 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 5582 return out, req.Send() 5583} 5584 5585// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBCluster with the addition of 5586// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5587// 5588// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 5589// 5590// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5591// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5592// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5593// for more information on using Contexts. 5594func (c *Neptune) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 5595 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 5596 req.SetContext(ctx) 5597 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5598 return out, req.Send() 5599} 5600 5601const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" 5602 5603// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5604// client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return 5605// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5606// successfully. 5607// 5608// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5609// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5610// 5611// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for more information on using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 5612// API call, and error handling. 5613// 5614// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5615// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5616// 5617// 5618// // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method. 5619// req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params) 5620// 5621// err := req.Send() 5622// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5623// fmt.Println(resp) 5624// } 5625// 5626// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 5627func (c *Neptune) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) { 5628 op := &request.Operation{ 5629 Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription, 5630 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5631 HTTPPath: "/", 5632 } 5633 5634 if input == nil { 5635 input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{} 5636 } 5637 5638 output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{} 5639 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5640 return 5641} 5642 5643// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5644// 5645// Removes a source identifier from an existing event notification subscription. 5646// 5647// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5648// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5649// the error. 5650// 5651// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5652// API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. 5653// 5654// Returned Error Codes: 5655// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 5656// The designated subscription could not be found. 5657// 5658// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 5659// The source could not be found. 5660// 5661// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 5662func (c *Neptune) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 5663 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 5664 return out, req.Send() 5665} 5666 5667// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext is the same as RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription with the addition of 5668// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5669// 5670// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 5671// 5672// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5673// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5674// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5675// for more information on using Contexts. 5676func (c *Neptune) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 5677 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 5678 req.SetContext(ctx) 5679 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5680 return out, req.Send() 5681} 5682 5683const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" 5684 5685// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5686// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return 5687// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5688// successfully. 5689// 5690// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5691// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5692// 5693// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource 5694// API call, and error handling. 5695// 5696// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5697// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5698// 5699// 5700// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method. 5701// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params) 5702// 5703// err := req.Send() 5704// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5705// fmt.Println(resp) 5706// } 5707// 5708// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 5709func (c *Neptune) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) { 5710 op := &request.Operation{ 5711 Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource, 5712 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5713 HTTPPath: "/", 5714 } 5715 5716 if input == nil { 5717 input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{} 5718 } 5719 5720 output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{} 5721 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5722 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 5723 return 5724} 5725 5726// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5727// 5728// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon Neptune resource. 5729// 5730// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5731// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5732// the error. 5733// 5734// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5735// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. 5736// 5737// Returned Error Codes: 5738// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 5739// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 5740// 5741// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 5742// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 5743// 5744// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 5745// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 5746// 5747// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 5748func (c *Neptune) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 5749 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 5750 return out, req.Send() 5751} 5752 5753// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of 5754// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5755// 5756// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation. 5757// 5758// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5759// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5760// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5761// for more information on using Contexts. 5762func (c *Neptune) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 5763 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 5764 req.SetContext(ctx) 5765 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5766 return out, req.Send() 5767} 5768 5769const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" 5770 5771// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5772// client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 5773// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5774// successfully. 5775// 5776// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5777// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5778// 5779// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 5780// API call, and error handling. 5781// 5782// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5783// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5784// 5785// 5786// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 5787// req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 5788// 5789// err := req.Send() 5790// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5791// fmt.Println(resp) 5792// } 5793// 5794// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 5795func (c *Neptune) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 5796 op := &request.Operation{ 5797 Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup, 5798 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5799 HTTPPath: "/", 5800 } 5801 5802 if input == nil { 5803 input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 5804 } 5805 5806 output = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 5807 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5808 return 5809} 5810 5811// ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5812// 5813// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. 5814// To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName 5815// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify 5816// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters. 5817// 5818// When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately 5819// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next 5820// DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance 5821// for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static 5822// parameter to apply to. 5823// 5824// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5825// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5826// the error. 5827// 5828// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5829// API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 5830// 5831// Returned Error Codes: 5832// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 5833// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 5834// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 5835// is in this state. 5836// 5837// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 5838// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 5839// 5840// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 5841func (c *Neptune) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5842 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 5843 return out, req.Send() 5844} 5845 5846// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 5847// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5848// 5849// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 5850// 5851// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5852// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5853// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5854// for more information on using Contexts. 5855func (c *Neptune) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5856 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 5857 req.SetContext(ctx) 5858 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5859 return out, req.Send() 5860} 5861 5862const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup" 5863 5864// ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5865// client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 5866// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5867// successfully. 5868// 5869// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5870// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5871// 5872// See ResetDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBParameterGroup 5873// API call, and error handling. 5874// 5875// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5876// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5877// 5878// 5879// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method. 5880// req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 5881// 5882// err := req.Send() 5883// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5884// fmt.Println(resp) 5885// } 5886// 5887// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 5888func (c *Neptune) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) { 5889 op := &request.Operation{ 5890 Name: opResetDBParameterGroup, 5891 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5892 HTTPPath: "/", 5893 } 5894 5895 if input == nil { 5896 input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{} 5897 } 5898 5899 output = &ResetDBParameterGroupOutput{} 5900 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5901 return 5902} 5903 5904// ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5905// 5906// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default 5907// value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName 5908// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup 5909// name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, 5910// dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set 5911// to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance 5912// request. 5913// 5914// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5915// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5916// the error. 5917// 5918// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 5919// API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 5920// 5921// Returned Error Codes: 5922// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 5923// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 5924// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 5925// is in this state. 5926// 5927// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 5928// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 5929// 5930// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 5931func (c *Neptune) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5932 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 5933 return out, req.Send() 5934} 5935 5936// ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBParameterGroup with the addition of 5937// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5938// 5939// See ResetDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 5940// 5941// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5942// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5943// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5944// for more information on using Contexts. 5945func (c *Neptune) ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 5946 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 5947 req.SetContext(ctx) 5948 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5949 return out, req.Send() 5950} 5951 5952const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" 5953 5954// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5955// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return 5956// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5957// successfully. 5958// 5959// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5960// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5961// 5962// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 5963// API call, and error handling. 5964// 5965// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5966// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5967// 5968// 5969// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method. 5970// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params) 5971// 5972// err := req.Send() 5973// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5974// fmt.Println(resp) 5975// } 5976// 5977// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 5978func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) { 5979 op := &request.Operation{ 5980 Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, 5981 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5982 HTTPPath: "/", 5983 } 5984 5985 if input == nil { 5986 input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{} 5987 } 5988 5989 output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{} 5990 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5991 return 5992} 5993 5994// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Neptune. 5995// 5996// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 5997// 5998// If a DB snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the 5999// source DB snapshot with a default configuration and default security group. 6000// 6001// If a DB cluster snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from 6002// the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original 6003// source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default 6004// security group. 6005// 6006// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6007// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6008// the error. 6009// 6010// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 6011// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. 6012// 6013// Returned Error Codes: 6014// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 6015// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 6016// 6017// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 6018// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 6019// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 6020// 6021// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 6022// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 6023// across all DB instances. 6024// 6025// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 6026// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 6027// 6028// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 6029// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 6030// 6031// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 6032// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 6033// 6034// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 6035// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. 6036// 6037// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 6038// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 6039// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 6040// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 6041// 6042// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 6043// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 6044// 6045// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 6046// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 6047// 6048// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 6049// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 6050// across all DB instances. 6051// 6052// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 6053// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 6054// because users' change. 6055// 6056// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 6057// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. 6058// 6059// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 6060// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 6061// 6062// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 6063// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 6064// are not all in a common VPC. 6065// 6066// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 6067// The designated option group could not be found. 6068// 6069// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 6070// Error accessing KMS key. 6071// 6072// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 6073// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 6074// group. 6075// 6076// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 6077func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 6078 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 6079 return out, req.Send() 6080} 6081 6082// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot with the addition of 6083// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6084// 6085// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 6086// 6087// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6088// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6089// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6090// for more information on using Contexts. 6091func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 6092 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 6093 req.SetContext(ctx) 6094 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6095 return out, req.Send() 6096} 6097 6098const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" 6099 6100// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6101// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return 6102// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6103// successfully. 6104// 6105// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6106// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6107// 6108// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 6109// API call, and error handling. 6110// 6111// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6112// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6113// 6114// 6115// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method. 6116// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params) 6117// 6118// err := req.Send() 6119// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6120// fmt.Println(resp) 6121// } 6122// 6123// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 6124func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) { 6125 op := &request.Operation{ 6126 Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, 6127 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6128 HTTPPath: "/", 6129 } 6130 6131 if input == nil { 6132 input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{} 6133 } 6134 6135 output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{} 6136 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6137 return 6138} 6139 6140// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Neptune. 6141// 6142// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to 6143// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod 6144// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the 6145// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster 6146// is created with the default DB security group. 6147// 6148// This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB 6149// cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances 6150// for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB 6151// cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the 6152// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is 6153// available. 6154// 6155// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6156// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6157// the error. 6158// 6159// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 6160// API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. 6161// 6162// Returned Error Codes: 6163// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 6164// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 6165// 6166// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6167// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 6168// 6169// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 6170// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 6171// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 6172// 6173// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 6174// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 6175// 6176// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 6177// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 6178// 6179// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 6180// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. 6181// 6182// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 6183// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 6184// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 6185// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 6186// 6187// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 6188// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 6189// 6190// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 6191// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 6192// 6193// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 6194// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 6195// 6196// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 6197// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. 6198// 6199// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 6200// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 6201// are not all in a common VPC. 6202// 6203// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 6204// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 6205// because users' change. 6206// 6207// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 6208// Error accessing KMS key. 6209// 6210// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 6211// The designated option group could not be found. 6212// 6213// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 6214// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 6215// across all DB instances. 6216// 6217// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 6218// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 6219// group. 6220// 6221// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 6222func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 6223 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 6224 return out, req.Send() 6225} 6226 6227// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime with the addition of 6228// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6229// 6230// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation. 6231// 6232// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6233// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6234// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6235// for more information on using Contexts. 6236func (c *Neptune) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 6237 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 6238 req.SetContext(ctx) 6239 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6240 return out, req.Send() 6241} 6242 6243const opStartDBCluster = "StartDBCluster" 6244 6245// StartDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6246// client's request for the StartDBCluster operation. The "output" return 6247// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6248// successfully. 6249// 6250// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6251// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6252// 6253// See StartDBCluster for more information on using the StartDBCluster 6254// API call, and error handling. 6255// 6256// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6257// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6258// 6259// 6260// // Example sending a request using the StartDBClusterRequest method. 6261// req, resp := client.StartDBClusterRequest(params) 6262// 6263// err := req.Send() 6264// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6265// fmt.Println(resp) 6266// } 6267// 6268// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster 6269func (c *Neptune) StartDBClusterRequest(input *StartDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBClusterOutput) { 6270 op := &request.Operation{ 6271 Name: opStartDBCluster, 6272 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6273 HTTPPath: "/", 6274 } 6275 6276 if input == nil { 6277 input = &StartDBClusterInput{} 6278 } 6279 6280 output = &StartDBClusterOutput{} 6281 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6282 return 6283} 6284 6285// StartDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 6286// 6287// Starts an Amazon Neptune DB cluster that was stopped using the AWS console, 6288// the AWS CLI stop-db-cluster command, or the StopDBCluster API. 6289// 6290// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6291// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6292// the error. 6293// 6294// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 6295// API operation StartDBCluster for usage and error information. 6296// 6297// Returned Error Codes: 6298// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6299// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 6300// 6301// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 6302// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 6303// 6304// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 6305// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 6306// 6307// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/StartDBCluster 6308func (c *Neptune) StartDBCluster(input *StartDBClusterInput) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error) { 6309 req, out := c.StartDBClusterRequest(input) 6310 return out, req.Send() 6311} 6312 6313// StartDBClusterWithContext is the same as StartDBCluster with the addition of 6314// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6315// 6316// See StartDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 6317// 6318// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6319// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6320// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6321// for more information on using Contexts. 6322func (c *Neptune) StartDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBClusterOutput, error) { 6323 req, out := c.StartDBClusterRequest(input) 6324 req.SetContext(ctx) 6325 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6326 return out, req.Send() 6327} 6328 6329const opStopDBCluster = "StopDBCluster" 6330 6331// StopDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6332// client's request for the StopDBCluster operation. The "output" return 6333// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 6334// successfully. 6335// 6336// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6337// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6338// 6339// See StopDBCluster for more information on using the StopDBCluster 6340// API call, and error handling. 6341// 6342// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6343// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6344// 6345// 6346// // Example sending a request using the StopDBClusterRequest method. 6347// req, resp := client.StopDBClusterRequest(params) 6348// 6349// err := req.Send() 6350// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6351// fmt.Println(resp) 6352// } 6353// 6354// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster 6355func (c *Neptune) StopDBClusterRequest(input *StopDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBClusterOutput) { 6356 op := &request.Operation{ 6357 Name: opStopDBCluster, 6358 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6359 HTTPPath: "/", 6360 } 6361 6362 if input == nil { 6363 input = &StopDBClusterInput{} 6364 } 6365 6366 output = &StopDBClusterOutput{} 6367 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6368 return 6369} 6370 6371// StopDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. 6372// 6373// Stops an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. When you stop a DB cluster, Neptune retains 6374// the DB cluster's metadata, including its endpoints and DB parameter groups. 6375// 6376// Neptune also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore 6377// if necessary. 6378// 6379// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6380// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6381// the error. 6382// 6383// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Neptune's 6384// API operation StopDBCluster for usage and error information. 6385// 6386// Returned Error Codes: 6387// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6388// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 6389// 6390// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 6391// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 6392// 6393// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 6394// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 6395// 6396// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/neptune-2014-10-31/StopDBCluster 6397func (c *Neptune) StopDBCluster(input *StopDBClusterInput) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error) { 6398 req, out := c.StopDBClusterRequest(input) 6399 return out, req.Send() 6400} 6401 6402// StopDBClusterWithContext is the same as StopDBCluster with the addition of 6403// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6404// 6405// See StopDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 6406// 6407// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6408// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6409// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6410// for more information on using Contexts. 6411func (c *Neptune) StopDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBClusterOutput, error) { 6412 req, out := c.StopDBClusterRequest(input) 6413 req.SetContext(ctx) 6414 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6415 return out, req.Send() 6416} 6417 6418type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct { 6419 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6420 6421 // The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with. 6422 // 6423 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 6424 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6425 6426 // The name of the feature for the Neptune DB cluster that the IAM role is to 6427 // be associated with. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. 6428 FeatureName *string `type:"string"` 6429 6430 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Neptune 6431 // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/NeptuneAccessRole. 6432 // 6433 // RoleArn is a required field 6434 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6435} 6436 6437// String returns the string representation 6438func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string { 6439 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6440} 6441 6442// GoString returns the string representation 6443func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 6444 return s.String() 6445} 6446 6447// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6448func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 6449 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBClusterInput"} 6450 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 6451 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 6452 } 6453 if s.RoleArn == nil { 6454 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 6455 } 6456 6457 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6458 return invalidParams 6459 } 6460 return nil 6461} 6462 6463// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 6464func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 6465 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 6466 return s 6467} 6468 6469// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 6470func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 6471 s.FeatureName = &v 6472 return s 6473} 6474 6475// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 6476func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 6477 s.RoleArn = &v 6478 return s 6479} 6480 6481type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct { 6482 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6483} 6484 6485// String returns the string representation 6486func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string { 6487 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6488} 6489 6490// GoString returns the string representation 6491func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 6492 return s.String() 6493} 6494 6495type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct { 6496 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6497 6498 // The identifier of the event source to be added. 6499 // 6500 // Constraints: 6501 // 6502 // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must 6503 // be supplied. 6504 // 6505 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must 6506 // be supplied. 6507 // 6508 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must 6509 // be supplied. 6510 // 6511 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be 6512 // supplied. 6513 // 6514 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 6515 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6516 6517 // The name of the event notification subscription you want to add a source 6518 // identifier to. 6519 // 6520 // SubscriptionName is a required field 6521 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6522} 6523 6524// String returns the string representation 6525func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string { 6526 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6527} 6528 6529// GoString returns the string representation 6530func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 6531 return s.String() 6532} 6533 6534// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6535func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 6536 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"} 6537 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 6538 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 6539 } 6540 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 6541 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 6542 } 6543 6544 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6545 return invalidParams 6546 } 6547 return nil 6548} 6549 6550// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 6551func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 6552 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 6553 return s 6554} 6555 6556// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 6557func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 6558 s.SubscriptionName = &v 6559 return s 6560} 6561 6562type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct { 6563 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6564 6565 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 6566 // action. 6567 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 6568} 6569 6570// String returns the string representation 6571func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 6572 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6573} 6574 6575// GoString returns the string representation 6576func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 6577 return s.String() 6578} 6579 6580// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 6581func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput { 6582 s.EventSubscription = v 6583 return s 6584} 6585 6586type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { 6587 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6588 6589 // The Amazon Neptune resource that the tags are added to. This value is an 6590 // Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 6591 // an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 6592 // 6593 // ResourceName is a required field 6594 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6595 6596 // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon Neptune resource. 6597 // 6598 // Tags is a required field 6599 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` 6600} 6601 6602// String returns the string representation 6603func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string { 6604 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6605} 6606 6607// GoString returns the string representation 6608func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string { 6609 return s.String() 6610} 6611 6612// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6613func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { 6614 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"} 6615 if s.ResourceName == nil { 6616 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 6617 } 6618 if s.Tags == nil { 6619 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) 6620 } 6621 6622 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6623 return invalidParams 6624 } 6625 return nil 6626} 6627 6628// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 6629func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 6630 s.ResourceName = &v 6631 return s 6632} 6633 6634// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6635func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 6636 s.Tags = v 6637 return s 6638} 6639 6640type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct { 6641 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6642} 6643 6644// String returns the string representation 6645func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string { 6646 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6647} 6648 6649// GoString returns the string representation 6650func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string { 6651 return s.String() 6652} 6653 6654type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct { 6655 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6656 6657 // The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. 6658 // 6659 // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade 6660 // 6661 // ApplyAction is a required field 6662 ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6663 6664 // A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. 6665 // An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone. 6666 // 6667 // Valid values: 6668 // 6669 // * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately. 6670 // 6671 // * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance 6672 // window for the resource. 6673 // 6674 // * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests. 6675 // 6676 // OptInType is a required field 6677 OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6678 6679 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance 6680 // action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 6681 // an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 6682 // 6683 // ResourceIdentifier is a required field 6684 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6685} 6686 6687// String returns the string representation 6688func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string { 6689 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6690} 6691 6692// GoString returns the string representation 6693func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string { 6694 return s.String() 6695} 6696 6697// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6698func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error { 6699 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"} 6700 if s.ApplyAction == nil { 6701 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction")) 6702 } 6703 if s.OptInType == nil { 6704 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType")) 6705 } 6706 if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil { 6707 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier")) 6708 } 6709 6710 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6711 return invalidParams 6712 } 6713 return nil 6714} 6715 6716// SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value. 6717func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 6718 s.ApplyAction = &v 6719 return s 6720} 6721 6722// SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value. 6723func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 6724 s.OptInType = &v 6725 return s 6726} 6727 6728// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 6729func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 6730 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 6731 return s 6732} 6733 6734type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct { 6735 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6736 6737 // Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 6738 ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"` 6739} 6740 6741// String returns the string representation 6742func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string { 6743 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6744} 6745 6746// GoString returns the string representation 6747func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string { 6748 return s.String() 6749} 6750 6751// SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 6752func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput { 6753 s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v 6754 return s 6755} 6756 6757// Specifies an Availability Zone. 6758type AvailabilityZone struct { 6759 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6760 6761 // The name of the availability zone. 6762 Name *string `type:"string"` 6763} 6764 6765// String returns the string representation 6766func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string { 6767 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6768} 6769 6770// GoString returns the string representation 6771func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string { 6772 return s.String() 6773} 6774 6775// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6776func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone { 6777 s.Name = &v 6778 return s 6779} 6780 6781// Specifies a character set. 6782type CharacterSet struct { 6783 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6784 6785 // The description of the character set. 6786 CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"` 6787 6788 // The name of the character set. 6789 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 6790} 6791 6792// String returns the string representation 6793func (s CharacterSet) String() string { 6794 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6795} 6796 6797// GoString returns the string representation 6798func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string { 6799 return s.String() 6800} 6801 6802// SetCharacterSetDescription sets the CharacterSetDescription field's value. 6803func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetDescription(v string) *CharacterSet { 6804 s.CharacterSetDescription = &v 6805 return s 6806} 6807 6808// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 6809func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CharacterSet { 6810 s.CharacterSetName = &v 6811 return s 6812} 6813 6814// The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 6815// Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. 6816// 6817// The EnableLogTypes and DisableLogTypes arrays determine which logs will be 6818// exported (or not exported) to CloudWatch Logs. 6819type CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration struct { 6820 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6821 6822 // The list of log types to disable. 6823 DisableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 6824 6825 // The list of log types to enable. 6826 EnableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 6827} 6828 6829// String returns the string representation 6830func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) String() string { 6831 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6832} 6833 6834// GoString returns the string representation 6835func (s CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) GoString() string { 6836 return s.String() 6837} 6838 6839// SetDisableLogTypes sets the DisableLogTypes field's value. 6840func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetDisableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration { 6841 s.DisableLogTypes = v 6842 return s 6843} 6844 6845// SetEnableLogTypes sets the EnableLogTypes field's value. 6846func (s *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) SetEnableLogTypes(v []*string) *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration { 6847 s.EnableLogTypes = v 6848 return s 6849} 6850 6851type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 6852 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6853 6854 // The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter 6855 // group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an Amazon 6856 // Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 6857 // 6858 // Constraints: 6859 // 6860 // * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group. 6861 // 6862 // * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as 6863 // the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group, 6864 // or a valid ARN. 6865 // 6866 // * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the 6867 // copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1. 6868 // 6869 // SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 6870 SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6871 6872 // The tags to be assigned to the copied DB cluster parameter group. 6873 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 6874 6875 // A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 6876 // 6877 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field 6878 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6879 6880 // The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 6881 // 6882 // Constraints: 6883 // 6884 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 6885 // 6886 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 6887 // 6888 // * First character must be a letter 6889 // 6890 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 6891 // 6892 // Example: my-cluster-param-group1 6893 // 6894 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 6895 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6896} 6897 6898// String returns the string representation 6899func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 6900 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6901} 6902 6903// GoString returns the string representation 6904func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 6905 return s.String() 6906} 6907 6908// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6909func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 6910 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 6911 if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 6912 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 6913 } 6914 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil { 6915 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription")) 6916 } 6917 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 6918 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 6919 } 6920 6921 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6922 return invalidParams 6923 } 6924 return nil 6925} 6926 6927// SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 6928func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 6929 s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 6930 return s 6931} 6932 6933// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6934func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 6935 s.Tags = v 6936 return s 6937} 6938 6939// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value. 6940func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 6941 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v 6942 return s 6943} 6944 6945// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 6946func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 6947 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 6948 return s 6949} 6950 6951type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 6952 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6953 6954 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster parameter group. 6955 // 6956 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 6957 // action. 6958 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 6959} 6960 6961// String returns the string representation 6962func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 6963 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6964} 6965 6966// GoString returns the string representation 6967func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 6968 return s.String() 6969} 6970 6971// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 6972func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 6973 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 6974 return s 6975} 6976 6977type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 6978 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6979 6980 // True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB 6981 // cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false. 6982 CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` 6983 6984 // The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key 6985 // ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key 6986 // alias for the KMS encryption key. 6987 // 6988 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can 6989 // specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption 6990 // key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster 6991 // snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. 6992 // 6993 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another 6994 // AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. 6995 // 6996 // KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created 6997 // in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS 6998 // Region. 6999 // 7000 // You cannot encrypt an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot when you copy it. If 7001 // you try to copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for 7002 // the KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned. 7003 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 7004 7005 // Not currently supported. 7006 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 7007 7008 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not 7009 // case-sensitive. 7010 // 7011 // You can't copy from one AWS Region to another. 7012 // 7013 // Constraints: 7014 // 7015 // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. 7016 // 7017 // * Specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. 7018 // 7019 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot1 7020 // 7021 // SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 7022 SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7023 7024 // The tags to assign to the new DB cluster snapshot copy. 7025 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7026 7027 // The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB 7028 // cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 7029 // 7030 // Constraints: 7031 // 7032 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 7033 // 7034 // * First character must be a letter. 7035 // 7036 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 7037 // 7038 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot2 7039 // 7040 // TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 7041 TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7042} 7043 7044// String returns the string representation 7045func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 7046 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7047} 7048 7049// GoString returns the string representation 7050func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 7051 return s.String() 7052} 7053 7054// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7055func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 7056 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 7057 if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 7058 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 7059 } 7060 if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 7061 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 7062 } 7063 7064 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7065 return invalidParams 7066 } 7067 return nil 7068} 7069 7070// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. 7071func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7072 s.CopyTags = &v 7073 return s 7074} 7075 7076// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 7077func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7078 s.KmsKeyId = &v 7079 return s 7080} 7081 7082// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 7083func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7084 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 7085 return s 7086} 7087 7088// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 7089func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7090 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 7091 return s 7092} 7093 7094// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7095func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7096 s.Tags = v 7097 return s 7098} 7099 7100// SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 7101func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 7102 s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 7103 return s 7104} 7105 7106type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 7107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7108 7109 // Contains the details for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster snapshot 7110 // 7111 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 7112 // action. 7113 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 7114} 7115 7116// String returns the string representation 7117func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 7118 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7119} 7120 7121// GoString returns the string representation 7122func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 7123 return s.String() 7124} 7125 7126// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 7127func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 7128 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 7129 return s 7130} 7131 7132type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 7133 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7134 7135 // The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information 7136 // about creating an ARN, see Constructing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 7137 // 7138 // Constraints: 7139 // 7140 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group. 7141 // 7142 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group, 7143 // or a valid ARN. 7144 // 7145 // SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 7146 SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7147 7148 // The tags to be assigned to the copied DB parameter group. 7149 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7150 7151 // A description for the copied DB parameter group. 7152 // 7153 // TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field 7154 TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7155 7156 // The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. 7157 // 7158 // Constraints: 7159 // 7160 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank. 7161 // 7162 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 7163 // 7164 // * First character must be a letter. 7165 // 7166 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 7167 // 7168 // Example: my-db-parameter-group 7169 // 7170 // TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 7171 TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7172} 7173 7174// String returns the string representation 7175func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 7176 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7177} 7178 7179// GoString returns the string representation 7180func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 7181 return s.String() 7182} 7183 7184// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7185func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 7186 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"} 7187 if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 7188 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 7189 } 7190 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil { 7191 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription")) 7192 } 7193 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 7194 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 7195 } 7196 7197 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7198 return invalidParams 7199 } 7200 return nil 7201} 7202 7203// SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 7204func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 7205 s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 7206 return s 7207} 7208 7209// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7210func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 7211 s.Tags = v 7212 return s 7213} 7214 7215// SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBParameterGroupDescription field's value. 7216func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 7217 s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription = &v 7218 return s 7219} 7220 7221// SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 7222func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 7223 s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 7224 return s 7225} 7226 7227type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 7228 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7229 7230 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB parameter group. 7231 // 7232 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 7233 // action. 7234 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 7235} 7236 7237// String returns the string representation 7238func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 7239 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7240} 7241 7242// GoString returns the string representation 7243func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 7244 return s.String() 7245} 7246 7247// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 7248func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput { 7249 s.DBParameterGroup = v 7250 return s 7251} 7252 7253type CreateDBClusterEndpointInput struct { 7254 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7255 7256 // The identifier to use for the new endpoint. This parameter is stored as a 7257 // lowercase string. 7258 // 7259 // DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field 7260 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7261 7262 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 7263 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 7264 // 7265 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 7266 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7267 7268 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 7269 // 7270 // EndpointType is a required field 7271 EndpointType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7272 7273 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 7274 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 7275 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 7276 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 7277 7278 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 7279 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 7280 7281 // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon Neptune resource. 7282 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7283} 7284 7285// String returns the string representation 7286func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string { 7287 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7288} 7289 7290// GoString returns the string representation 7291func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string { 7292 return s.String() 7293} 7294 7295// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7296func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error { 7297 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterEndpointInput"} 7298 if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil { 7299 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier")) 7300 } 7301 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 7302 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 7303 } 7304 if s.EndpointType == nil { 7305 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointType")) 7306 } 7307 7308 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7309 return invalidParams 7310 } 7311 return nil 7312} 7313 7314// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 7315func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 7316 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 7317 return s 7318} 7319 7320// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 7321func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 7322 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 7323 return s 7324} 7325 7326// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 7327func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 7328 s.EndpointType = &v 7329 return s 7330} 7331 7332// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 7333func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 7334 s.ExcludedMembers = v 7335 return s 7336} 7337 7338// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 7339func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 7340 s.StaticMembers = v 7341 return s 7342} 7343 7344// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7345func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput { 7346 s.Tags = v 7347 return s 7348} 7349 7350// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 7351// Neptune DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following 7352// actions: 7353// 7354// * CreateDBClusterEndpoint 7355// 7356// * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 7357// 7358// * ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 7359// 7360// * DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 7361// 7362// For the data structure that represents Amazon Neptune DB instance endpoints, 7363// see Endpoint. 7364type CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput struct { 7365 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7366 7367 // The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 7368 CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"` 7369 7370 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint. 7371 DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 7372 7373 // The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as 7374 // a lowercase string. 7375 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 7376 7377 // A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same 7378 // for the whole life of the endpoint. 7379 DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 7380 7381 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 7382 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 7383 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 7384 7385 // The DNS address of the endpoint. 7386 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 7387 7388 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM. 7389 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 7390 7391 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 7392 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 7393 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 7394 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 7395 7396 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 7397 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 7398 7399 // The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting, 7400 // inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that cannot 7401 // be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only 7402 // secondary cluster in a global database. 7403 Status *string `type:"string"` 7404} 7405 7406// String returns the string representation 7407func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string { 7408 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7409} 7410 7411// GoString returns the string representation 7412func (s CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 7413 return s.String() 7414} 7415 7416// SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value. 7417func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7418 s.CustomEndpointType = &v 7419 return s 7420} 7421 7422// SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value. 7423func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7424 s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v 7425 return s 7426} 7427 7428// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 7429func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7430 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 7431 return s 7432} 7433 7434// SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value. 7435func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7436 s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v 7437 return s 7438} 7439 7440// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 7441func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7442 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 7443 return s 7444} 7445 7446// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 7447func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7448 s.Endpoint = &v 7449 return s 7450} 7451 7452// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 7453func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7454 s.EndpointType = &v 7455 return s 7456} 7457 7458// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 7459func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7460 s.ExcludedMembers = v 7461 return s 7462} 7463 7464// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 7465func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7466 s.StaticMembers = v 7467 return s 7468} 7469 7470// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 7471func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateDBClusterEndpointOutput { 7472 s.Status = &v 7473 return s 7474} 7475 7476type CreateDBClusterInput struct { 7477 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7478 7479 // A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be 7480 // created in. 7481 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 7482 7483 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 7484 // a minimum value of 1. 7485 // 7486 // Default: 1 7487 // 7488 // Constraints: 7489 // 7490 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 7491 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 7492 7493 // (Not supported by Neptune) 7494 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 7495 7496 // The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 7497 // 7498 // Constraints: 7499 // 7500 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 7501 // 7502 // * First character must be a letter. 7503 // 7504 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 7505 // 7506 // Example: my-cluster1 7507 // 7508 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 7509 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7510 7511 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. 7512 // If this argument is omitted, the default is used. 7513 // 7514 // Constraints: 7515 // 7516 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 7517 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 7518 7519 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. 7520 // 7521 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 7522 // default. 7523 // 7524 // Example: mySubnetgroup 7525 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 7526 7527 // The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do 7528 // not provide a name, Amazon Neptune will not create a database in the DB cluster 7529 // you are creating. 7530 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 7531 7532 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 7533 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 7534 // deletion protection is enabled. 7535 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 7536 7537 // The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch 7538 // Logs. 7539 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 7540 7541 // Not supported by Neptune. 7542 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 7543 7544 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 7545 // 7546 // Valid Values: neptune 7547 // 7548 // Engine is a required field 7549 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7550 7551 // The version number of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 7552 // 7553 // Example: 1.0.2.1 7554 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 7555 7556 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. 7557 // 7558 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 7559 // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 7560 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 7561 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 7562 // 7563 // If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId: 7564 // 7565 // * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then 7566 // Amazon Neptune will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. 7567 // Otherwise, Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key. 7568 // 7569 // * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier 7570 // is not specified, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption 7571 // key. 7572 // 7573 // AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS 7574 // account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 7575 // 7576 // If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, 7577 // you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS 7578 // Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. 7579 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 7580 7581 // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any 7582 // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 7583 // 7584 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 7585 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 7586 7587 // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. 7588 // 7589 // Constraints: 7590 // 7591 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 7592 // 7593 // * First character must be a letter. 7594 // 7595 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 7596 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 7597 7598 // (Not supported by Neptune) 7599 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 7600 7601 // The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. 7602 // 7603 // Default: 8182 7604 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 7605 7606 // This parameter is not currently supported. 7607 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 7608 7609 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 7610 // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 7611 // 7612 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 7613 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 7614 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 7615 // in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. 7616 // 7617 // Constraints: 7618 // 7619 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 7620 // 7621 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 7622 // 7623 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 7624 // 7625 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 7626 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 7627 7628 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 7629 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 7630 // 7631 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 7632 // 7633 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 7634 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see 7635 // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window 7636 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 7637 // in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. 7638 // 7639 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 7640 // 7641 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 7642 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 7643 7644 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if 7645 // this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica. 7646 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 7647 7648 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 7649 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 7650 7651 // The tags to assign to the new DB cluster. 7652 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7653 7654 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster. 7655 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 7656} 7657 7658// String returns the string representation 7659func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string { 7660 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7661} 7662 7663// GoString returns the string representation 7664func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 7665 return s.String() 7666} 7667 7668// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7669func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 7670 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"} 7671 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 7672 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 7673 } 7674 if s.Engine == nil { 7675 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 7676 } 7677 7678 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7679 return invalidParams 7680 } 7681 return nil 7682} 7683 7684// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 7685func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7686 s.AvailabilityZones = v 7687 return s 7688} 7689 7690// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 7691func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7692 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 7693 return s 7694} 7695 7696// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 7697func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7698 s.CharacterSetName = &v 7699 return s 7700} 7701 7702// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 7703func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7704 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 7705 return s 7706} 7707 7708// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 7709func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7710 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 7711 return s 7712} 7713 7714// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 7715func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7716 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 7717 return s 7718} 7719 7720// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 7721func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7722 s.DatabaseName = &v 7723 return s 7724} 7725 7726// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 7727func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7728 s.DeletionProtection = &v 7729 return s 7730} 7731 7732// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 7733func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7734 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 7735 return s 7736} 7737 7738// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 7739func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7740 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 7741 return s 7742} 7743 7744// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 7745func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7746 s.Engine = &v 7747 return s 7748} 7749 7750// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 7751func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7752 s.EngineVersion = &v 7753 return s 7754} 7755 7756// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 7757func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7758 s.KmsKeyId = &v 7759 return s 7760} 7761 7762// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 7763func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7764 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 7765 return s 7766} 7767 7768// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 7769func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7770 s.MasterUsername = &v 7771 return s 7772} 7773 7774// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 7775func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7776 s.OptionGroupName = &v 7777 return s 7778} 7779 7780// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 7781func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7782 s.Port = &v 7783 return s 7784} 7785 7786// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 7787func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7788 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 7789 return s 7790} 7791 7792// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 7793func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7794 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 7795 return s 7796} 7797 7798// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 7799func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7800 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 7801 return s 7802} 7803 7804// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 7805func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7806 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 7807 return s 7808} 7809 7810// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 7811func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7812 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 7813 return s 7814} 7815 7816// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7817func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7818 s.Tags = v 7819 return s 7820} 7821 7822// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 7823func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 7824 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 7825 return s 7826} 7827 7828type CreateDBClusterOutput struct { 7829 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7830 7831 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 7832 // 7833 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 7834 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 7835} 7836 7837// String returns the string representation 7838func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string { 7839 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7840} 7841 7842// GoString returns the string representation 7843func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 7844 return s.String() 7845} 7846 7847// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 7848func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput { 7849 s.DBCluster = v 7850 return s 7851} 7852 7853type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 7854 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7855 7856 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 7857 // 7858 // Constraints: 7859 // 7860 // * Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 7861 // 7862 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 7863 // 7864 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 7865 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7866 7867 // The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group 7868 // can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, 7869 // and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine 7870 // version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. 7871 // 7872 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 7873 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7874 7875 // The description for the DB cluster parameter group. 7876 // 7877 // Description is a required field 7878 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7879 7880 // The tags to be assigned to the new DB cluster parameter group. 7881 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7882} 7883 7884// String returns the string representation 7885func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 7886 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7887} 7888 7889// GoString returns the string representation 7890func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 7891 return s.String() 7892} 7893 7894// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7895func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 7896 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 7897 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 7898 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 7899 } 7900 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 7901 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 7902 } 7903 if s.Description == nil { 7904 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 7905 } 7906 7907 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7908 return invalidParams 7909 } 7910 return nil 7911} 7912 7913// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 7914func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 7915 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 7916 return s 7917} 7918 7919// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 7920func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 7921 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 7922 return s 7923} 7924 7925// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 7926func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 7927 s.Description = &v 7928 return s 7929} 7930 7931// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7932func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 7933 s.Tags = v 7934 return s 7935} 7936 7937type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 7938 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7939 7940 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster parameter group. 7941 // 7942 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 7943 // action. 7944 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 7945} 7946 7947// String returns the string representation 7948func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 7949 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7950} 7951 7952// GoString returns the string representation 7953func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 7954 return s.String() 7955} 7956 7957// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 7958func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 7959 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 7960 return s 7961} 7962 7963type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 7964 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7965 7966 // The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter 7967 // is not case-sensitive. 7968 // 7969 // Constraints: 7970 // 7971 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 7972 // 7973 // Example: my-cluster1 7974 // 7975 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 7976 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7977 7978 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a 7979 // lowercase string. 7980 // 7981 // Constraints: 7982 // 7983 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 7984 // 7985 // * First character must be a letter. 7986 // 7987 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 7988 // 7989 // Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1 7990 // 7991 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 7992 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7993 7994 // The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. 7995 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 7996} 7997 7998// String returns the string representation 7999func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 8000 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8001} 8002 8003// GoString returns the string representation 8004func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 8005 return s.String() 8006} 8007 8008// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8009func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 8010 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 8011 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 8012 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 8013 } 8014 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 8015 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 8016 } 8017 8018 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8019 return invalidParams 8020 } 8021 return nil 8022} 8023 8024// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 8025func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 8026 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 8027 return s 8028} 8029 8030// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 8031func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 8032 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 8033 return s 8034} 8035 8036// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8037func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 8038 s.Tags = v 8039 return s 8040} 8041 8042type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 8043 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8044 8045 // Contains the details for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster snapshot 8046 // 8047 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 8048 // action. 8049 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 8050} 8051 8052// String returns the string representation 8053func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 8054 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8055} 8056 8057// GoString returns the string representation 8058func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 8059 return s.String() 8060} 8061 8062// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 8063func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 8064 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 8065 return s 8066} 8067 8068type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { 8069 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8070 8071 // The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. 8072 // 8073 // Type: Integer 8074 // 8075 // Not applicable. Neptune cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount 8076 // of data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space 8077 // that you use in a Neptune cluster volume. 8078 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 8079 8080 // Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 8081 // instance during the maintenance window. 8082 // 8083 // Default: true 8084 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 8085 8086 // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in 8087 // 8088 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS 8089 // Region. 8090 // 8091 // Example: us-east-1d 8092 // 8093 // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ 8094 // parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the 8095 // same AWS Region as the current endpoint. 8096 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 8097 8098 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. 8099 // 8100 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 8101 // the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 8102 // 8103 // Default: 1 8104 // 8105 // Constraints: 8106 // 8107 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 8108 // 8109 // * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas 8110 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 8111 8112 // (Not supported by Neptune) 8113 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 8114 8115 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 8116 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 8117 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 8118 8119 // The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. 8120 // 8121 // For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster. 8122 // 8123 // Type: String 8124 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 8125 8126 // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 8127 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions. 8128 // 8129 // DBInstanceClass is a required field 8130 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8131 8132 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 8133 // 8134 // Constraints: 8135 // 8136 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 8137 // 8138 // * First character must be a letter. 8139 // 8140 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 8141 // 8142 // Example: mydbinstance 8143 // 8144 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 8145 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8146 8147 // Not supported. 8148 DBName *string `type:"string"` 8149 8150 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If 8151 // this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified 8152 // engine is used. 8153 // 8154 // Constraints: 8155 // 8156 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 8157 // 8158 // * First character must be a letter 8159 // 8160 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 8161 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 8162 8163 // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. 8164 // 8165 // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. 8166 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 8167 8168 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. 8169 // 8170 // If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. 8171 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 8172 8173 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 8174 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 8175 // deletion protection is disabled. See Deleting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/manage-console-instances-delete.html). 8176 // 8177 // DB instances in a DB cluster can be deleted even when deletion protection 8178 // is enabled in their parent DB cluster. 8179 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 8180 8181 // Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. 8182 Domain *string `type:"string"` 8183 8184 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 8185 // Directory Service. 8186 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 8187 8188 // The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch 8189 // Logs. 8190 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 8191 8192 // True to enable AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication for 8193 // Neptune. 8194 // 8195 // Default: false 8196 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 8197 8198 // (Not supported by Neptune) 8199 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 8200 8201 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 8202 // 8203 // Valid Values: neptune 8204 // 8205 // Engine is a required field 8206 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8207 8208 // The version number of the database engine to use. Currently, setting this 8209 // parameter has no effect. 8210 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 8211 8212 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 8213 // initially allocated for the DB instance. 8214 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 8215 8216 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. 8217 // 8218 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 8219 // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns 8220 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can 8221 // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. 8222 // 8223 // Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For 8224 // more information, see CreateDBCluster. 8225 // 8226 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value 8227 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption 8228 // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your 8229 // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 8230 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 8231 8232 // License model information for this DB instance. 8233 // 8234 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 8235 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 8236 8237 // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable 8238 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 8239 // 8240 // Not used. 8241 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 8242 8243 // The name for the master user. Not used. 8244 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 8245 8246 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 8247 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 8248 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 8249 // 8250 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 8251 // to a value other than 0. 8252 // 8253 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 8254 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 8255 8256 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits Neptune to send enhanced monitoring 8257 // metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 8258 // 8259 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 8260 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 8261 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 8262 8263 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the 8264 // AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. 8265 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 8266 8267 // (Not supported by Neptune) 8268 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 8269 8270 // (Not supported by Neptune) 8271 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 8272 8273 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 8274 // 8275 // Not applicable. The port is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, 8276 // see CreateDBCluster. 8277 // 8278 // Default: 8182 8279 // 8280 // Type: Integer 8281 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 8282 8283 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created. 8284 // 8285 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 8286 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 8287 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 8288 8289 // The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 8290 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 8291 // 8292 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 8293 // 8294 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 8295 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. 8296 // 8297 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 8298 // 8299 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 8300 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 8301 8302 // A value that specifies the order in which an Read Replica is promoted to 8303 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. 8304 // 8305 // Default: 1 8306 // 8307 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 8308 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 8309 8310 // This flag should no longer be used. 8311 // 8312 // Deprecated: PubliclyAccessible has been deprecated 8313 PubliclyAccessible *bool `deprecated:"true" type:"boolean"` 8314 8315 // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. 8316 // 8317 // Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 8318 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 8319 // 8320 // Default: false 8321 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 8322 8323 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 8324 // 8325 // Not applicable. Storage is managed by the DB Cluster. 8326 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 8327 8328 // The tags to assign to the new instance. 8329 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 8330 8331 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 8332 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 8333 8334 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 8335 // device. 8336 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 8337 8338 // The time zone of the DB instance. 8339 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 8340 8341 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 8342 // 8343 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 8344 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 8345 // 8346 // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. 8347 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 8348} 8349 8350// String returns the string representation 8351func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string { 8352 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8353} 8354 8355// GoString returns the string representation 8356func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 8357 return s.String() 8358} 8359 8360// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8361func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 8362 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"} 8363 if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { 8364 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) 8365 } 8366 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 8367 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 8368 } 8369 if s.Engine == nil { 8370 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 8371 } 8372 8373 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8374 return invalidParams 8375 } 8376 return nil 8377} 8378 8379// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 8380func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8381 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 8382 return s 8383} 8384 8385// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 8386func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8387 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 8388 return s 8389} 8390 8391// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 8392func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8393 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 8394 return s 8395} 8396 8397// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 8398func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8399 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 8400 return s 8401} 8402 8403// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 8404func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8405 s.CharacterSetName = &v 8406 return s 8407} 8408 8409// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 8410func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8411 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 8412 return s 8413} 8414 8415// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 8416func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8417 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 8418 return s 8419} 8420 8421// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 8422func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8423 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 8424 return s 8425} 8426 8427// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 8428func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8429 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 8430 return s 8431} 8432 8433// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 8434func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8435 s.DBName = &v 8436 return s 8437} 8438 8439// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 8440func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8441 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 8442 return s 8443} 8444 8445// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 8446func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8447 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 8448 return s 8449} 8450 8451// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 8452func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8453 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 8454 return s 8455} 8456 8457// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 8458func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8459 s.DeletionProtection = &v 8460 return s 8461} 8462 8463// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 8464func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8465 s.Domain = &v 8466 return s 8467} 8468 8469// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 8470func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8471 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 8472 return s 8473} 8474 8475// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 8476func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8477 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 8478 return s 8479} 8480 8481// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 8482func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8483 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 8484 return s 8485} 8486 8487// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 8488func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8489 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 8490 return s 8491} 8492 8493// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 8494func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8495 s.Engine = &v 8496 return s 8497} 8498 8499// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 8500func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8501 s.EngineVersion = &v 8502 return s 8503} 8504 8505// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 8506func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8507 s.Iops = &v 8508 return s 8509} 8510 8511// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 8512func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8513 s.KmsKeyId = &v 8514 return s 8515} 8516 8517// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 8518func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8519 s.LicenseModel = &v 8520 return s 8521} 8522 8523// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 8524func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8525 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 8526 return s 8527} 8528 8529// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 8530func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8531 s.MasterUsername = &v 8532 return s 8533} 8534 8535// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 8536func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8537 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 8538 return s 8539} 8540 8541// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 8542func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8543 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 8544 return s 8545} 8546 8547// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 8548func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8549 s.MultiAZ = &v 8550 return s 8551} 8552 8553// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 8554func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8555 s.OptionGroupName = &v 8556 return s 8557} 8558 8559// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 8560func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8561 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 8562 return s 8563} 8564 8565// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 8566func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8567 s.Port = &v 8568 return s 8569} 8570 8571// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 8572func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8573 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 8574 return s 8575} 8576 8577// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 8578func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8579 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 8580 return s 8581} 8582 8583// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 8584func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8585 s.PromotionTier = &v 8586 return s 8587} 8588 8589// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 8590func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8591 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 8592 return s 8593} 8594 8595// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 8596func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8597 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 8598 return s 8599} 8600 8601// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 8602func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8603 s.StorageType = &v 8604 return s 8605} 8606 8607// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8608func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8609 s.Tags = v 8610 return s 8611} 8612 8613// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 8614func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8615 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 8616 return s 8617} 8618 8619// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 8620func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8621 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 8622 return s 8623} 8624 8625// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 8626func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTimezone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8627 s.Timezone = &v 8628 return s 8629} 8630 8631// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 8632func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 8633 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 8634 return s 8635} 8636 8637type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct { 8638 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8639 8640 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 8641 // 8642 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 8643 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 8644} 8645 8646// String returns the string representation 8647func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 8648 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8649} 8650 8651// GoString returns the string representation 8652func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 8653 return s.String() 8654} 8655 8656// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 8657func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput { 8658 s.DBInstance = v 8659 return s 8660} 8661 8662type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct { 8663 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8664 8665 // The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated 8666 // with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only 8667 // to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible 8668 // with that DB parameter group family. 8669 // 8670 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 8671 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8672 8673 // The name of the DB parameter group. 8674 // 8675 // Constraints: 8676 // 8677 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 8678 // 8679 // * First character must be a letter 8680 // 8681 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 8682 // 8683 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 8684 // 8685 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 8686 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8687 8688 // The description for the DB parameter group. 8689 // 8690 // Description is a required field 8691 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8692 8693 // The tags to be assigned to the new DB parameter group. 8694 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 8695} 8696 8697// String returns the string representation 8698func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 8699 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8700} 8701 8702// GoString returns the string representation 8703func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 8704 return s.String() 8705} 8706 8707// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8708func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 8709 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"} 8710 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 8711 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 8712 } 8713 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 8714 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 8715 } 8716 if s.Description == nil { 8717 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 8718 } 8719 8720 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8721 return invalidParams 8722 } 8723 return nil 8724} 8725 8726// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 8727func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 8728 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 8729 return s 8730} 8731 8732// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 8733func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 8734 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 8735 return s 8736} 8737 8738// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 8739func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 8740 s.Description = &v 8741 return s 8742} 8743 8744// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8745func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 8746 s.Tags = v 8747 return s 8748} 8749 8750type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 8751 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8752 8753 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB parameter group. 8754 // 8755 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 8756 // action. 8757 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 8758} 8759 8760// String returns the string representation 8761func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 8762 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8763} 8764 8765// GoString returns the string representation 8766func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 8767 return s.String() 8768} 8769 8770// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 8771func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput { 8772 s.DBParameterGroup = v 8773 return s 8774} 8775 8776type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 8777 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8778 8779 // The description for the DB subnet group. 8780 // 8781 // DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field 8782 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8783 8784 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 8785 // 8786 // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores, 8787 // spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. 8788 // 8789 // Example: mySubnetgroup 8790 // 8791 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 8792 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8793 8794 // The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 8795 // 8796 // SubnetIds is a required field 8797 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 8798 8799 // The tags to be assigned to the new DB subnet group. 8800 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 8801} 8802 8803// String returns the string representation 8804func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 8805 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8806} 8807 8808// GoString returns the string representation 8809func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 8810 return s.String() 8811} 8812 8813// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8814func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 8815 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"} 8816 if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil { 8817 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription")) 8818 } 8819 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 8820 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 8821 } 8822 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 8823 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 8824 } 8825 8826 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8827 return invalidParams 8828 } 8829 return nil 8830} 8831 8832// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 8833func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 8834 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 8835 return s 8836} 8837 8838// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 8839func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 8840 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 8841 return s 8842} 8843 8844// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 8845func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 8846 s.SubnetIds = v 8847 return s 8848} 8849 8850// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8851func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 8852 s.Tags = v 8853 return s 8854} 8855 8856type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 8857 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8858 8859 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB subnet group. 8860 // 8861 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 8862 // action. 8863 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 8864} 8865 8866// String returns the string representation 8867func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 8868 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8869} 8870 8871// GoString returns the string representation 8872func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 8873 return s.String() 8874} 8875 8876// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 8877func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput { 8878 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 8879 return s 8880} 8881 8882type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { 8883 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8884 8885 // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to 8886 // create the subscription but not active it. 8887 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 8888 8889 // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. 8890 // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType by using the 8891 // DescribeEventCategories action. 8892 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 8893 8894 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 8895 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 8896 // it. 8897 // 8898 // SnsTopicArn is a required field 8899 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8900 8901 // The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. 8902 // If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier 8903 // must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and 8904 // hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 8905 // 8906 // Constraints: 8907 // 8908 // * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 8909 // 8910 // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must 8911 // be supplied. 8912 // 8913 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must 8914 // be supplied. 8915 // 8916 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must 8917 // be supplied. 8918 // 8919 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be 8920 // supplied. 8921 SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 8922 8923 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 8924 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 8925 // to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. 8926 // 8927 // Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group 8928 // | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot 8929 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 8930 8931 // The name of the subscription. 8932 // 8933 // Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. 8934 // 8935 // SubscriptionName is a required field 8936 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8937 8938 // The tags to be applied to the new event subscription. 8939 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 8940} 8941 8942// String returns the string representation 8943func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 8944 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8945} 8946 8947// GoString returns the string representation 8948func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 8949 return s.String() 8950} 8951 8952// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8953func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 8954 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"} 8955 if s.SnsTopicArn == nil { 8956 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn")) 8957 } 8958 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 8959 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 8960 } 8961 8962 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8963 return invalidParams 8964 } 8965 return nil 8966} 8967 8968// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 8969func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8970 s.Enabled = &v 8971 return s 8972} 8973 8974// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 8975func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8976 s.EventCategories = v 8977 return s 8978} 8979 8980// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 8981func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8982 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 8983 return s 8984} 8985 8986// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value. 8987func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8988 s.SourceIds = v 8989 return s 8990} 8991 8992// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 8993func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 8994 s.SourceType = &v 8995 return s 8996} 8997 8998// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 8999func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 9000 s.SubscriptionName = &v 9001 return s 9002} 9003 9004// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9005func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 9006 s.Tags = v 9007 return s 9008} 9009 9010type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 9011 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9012 9013 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 9014 // action. 9015 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 9016} 9017 9018// String returns the string representation 9019func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 9020 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9021} 9022 9023// GoString returns the string representation 9024func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 9025 return s.String() 9026} 9027 9028// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 9029func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput { 9030 s.EventSubscription = v 9031 return s 9032} 9033 9034// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 9035// 9036// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 9037type DBCluster struct { 9038 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9039 9040 // AllocatedStorage always returns 1, because Neptune DB cluster storage size 9041 // is not fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as needed. 9042 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 9043 9044 // Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that 9045 // are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a 9046 // DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services 9047 // on your behalf. 9048 AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"` 9049 9050 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster 9051 // can be created in. 9052 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 9053 9054 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 9055 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 9056 9057 // (Not supported by Neptune) 9058 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 9059 9060 // Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. 9061 CloneGroupId *string `type:"string"` 9062 9063 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 9064 // Time (UTC). 9065 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9066 9067 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. 9068 DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 9069 9070 // Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique 9071 // key that identifies a DB cluster. 9072 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9073 9074 // Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. 9075 DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"` 9076 9077 // (Not supported by Neptune) 9078 DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"` 9079 9080 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. 9081 DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"` 9082 9083 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, 9084 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 9085 DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"` 9086 9087 // Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided 9088 // at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This 9089 // same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. 9090 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 9091 9092 // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier 9093 // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB 9094 // cluster is accessed. 9095 DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` 9096 9097 // Indicates whether or not the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 9098 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. 9099 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 9100 9101 // Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 9102 // restore. 9103 EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9104 9105 // A list of log types that this DB cluster is configured to export to CloudWatch 9106 // Logs. 9107 EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 9108 9109 // Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. 9110 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 9111 9112 // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 9113 Engine *string `type:"string"` 9114 9115 // Indicates the database engine version. 9116 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 9117 9118 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 9119 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 9120 9121 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 9122 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 9123 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 9124 9125 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 9126 // DB cluster. 9127 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 9128 9129 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 9130 // restore. 9131 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9132 9133 // Contains the master username for the DB cluster. 9134 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 9135 9136 // Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. 9137 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 9138 9139 // Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. 9140 PercentProgress *string `type:"string"` 9141 9142 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 9143 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 9144 9145 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 9146 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 9147 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 9148 9149 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 9150 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 9151 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 9152 9153 // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this 9154 // DB cluster. 9155 ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"` 9156 9157 // The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster 9158 // load-balances connections across the Read Replicas that are available in 9159 // a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, 9160 // Neptune distributes the connection requests among the Read Replicas in the 9161 // DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across 9162 // multiple Read Replicas in your DB cluster. 9163 // 9164 // If a failover occurs, and the Read Replica that you are connected to is promoted 9165 // to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue sending 9166 // your read workload to other Read Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect 9167 // to the reader endpoint. 9168 ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"` 9169 9170 // Not supported by Neptune. 9171 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9172 9173 // Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. 9174 Status *string `type:"string"` 9175 9176 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 9177 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 9178 9179 // Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. 9180 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 9181} 9182 9183// String returns the string representation 9184func (s DBCluster) String() string { 9185 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9186} 9187 9188// GoString returns the string representation 9189func (s DBCluster) GoString() string { 9190 return s.String() 9191} 9192 9193// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 9194func (s *DBCluster) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBCluster { 9195 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 9196 return s 9197} 9198 9199// SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value. 9200func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster { 9201 s.AssociatedRoles = v 9202 return s 9203} 9204 9205// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 9206func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster { 9207 s.AvailabilityZones = v 9208 return s 9209} 9210 9211// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 9212func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster { 9213 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 9214 return s 9215} 9216 9217// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 9218func (s *DBCluster) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBCluster { 9219 s.CharacterSetName = &v 9220 return s 9221} 9222 9223// SetCloneGroupId sets the CloneGroupId field's value. 9224func (s *DBCluster) SetCloneGroupId(v string) *DBCluster { 9225 s.CloneGroupId = &v 9226 return s 9227} 9228 9229// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 9230func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 9231 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 9232 return s 9233} 9234 9235// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value. 9236func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster { 9237 s.DBClusterArn = &v 9238 return s 9239} 9240 9241// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 9242func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 9243 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 9244 return s 9245} 9246 9247// SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value. 9248func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster { 9249 s.DBClusterMembers = v 9250 return s 9251} 9252 9253// SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships sets the DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships field's value. 9254func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships(v []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) *DBCluster { 9255 s.DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = v 9256 return s 9257} 9258 9259// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 9260func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 9261 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v 9262 return s 9263} 9264 9265// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 9266func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 9267 s.DBSubnetGroup = &v 9268 return s 9269} 9270 9271// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 9272func (s *DBCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DBCluster { 9273 s.DatabaseName = &v 9274 return s 9275} 9276 9277// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value. 9278func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster { 9279 s.DbClusterResourceId = &v 9280 return s 9281} 9282 9283// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 9284func (s *DBCluster) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *DBCluster { 9285 s.DeletionProtection = &v 9286 return s 9287} 9288 9289// SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value. 9290func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 9291 s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v 9292 return s 9293} 9294 9295// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 9296func (s *DBCluster) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBCluster { 9297 s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v 9298 return s 9299} 9300 9301// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 9302func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 9303 s.Endpoint = &v 9304 return s 9305} 9306 9307// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 9308func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster { 9309 s.Engine = &v 9310 return s 9311} 9312 9313// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 9314func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster { 9315 s.EngineVersion = &v 9316 return s 9317} 9318 9319// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 9320func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster { 9321 s.HostedZoneId = &v 9322 return s 9323} 9324 9325// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 9326func (s *DBCluster) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster { 9327 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 9328 return s 9329} 9330 9331// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 9332func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster { 9333 s.KmsKeyId = &v 9334 return s 9335} 9336 9337// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 9338func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 9339 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 9340 return s 9341} 9342 9343// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 9344func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster { 9345 s.MasterUsername = &v 9346 return s 9347} 9348 9349// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 9350func (s *DBCluster) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBCluster { 9351 s.MultiAZ = &v 9352 return s 9353} 9354 9355// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 9356func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster { 9357 s.PercentProgress = &v 9358 return s 9359} 9360 9361// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 9362func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster { 9363 s.Port = &v 9364 return s 9365} 9366 9367// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 9368func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 9369 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 9370 return s 9371} 9372 9373// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 9374func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 9375 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 9376 return s 9377} 9378 9379// SetReadReplicaIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaIdentifiers field's value. 9380func (s *DBCluster) SetReadReplicaIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBCluster { 9381 s.ReadReplicaIdentifiers = v 9382 return s 9383} 9384 9385// SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value. 9386func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 9387 s.ReaderEndpoint = &v 9388 return s 9389} 9390 9391// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 9392func (s *DBCluster) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 9393 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 9394 return s 9395} 9396 9397// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9398func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster { 9399 s.Status = &v 9400 return s 9401} 9402 9403// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 9404func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster { 9405 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 9406 return s 9407} 9408 9409// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 9410func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster { 9411 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 9412 return s 9413} 9414 9415// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 9416// Neptune DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following 9417// actions: 9418// 9419// * CreateDBClusterEndpoint 9420// 9421// * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 9422// 9423// * ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 9424// 9425// * DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 9426// 9427// For the data structure that represents Amazon Neptune DB instance endpoints, 9428// see Endpoint. 9429type DBClusterEndpoint struct { 9430 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9431 9432 // The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 9433 CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"` 9434 9435 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint. 9436 DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 9437 9438 // The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as 9439 // a lowercase string. 9440 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9441 9442 // A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same 9443 // for the whole life of the endpoint. 9444 DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9445 9446 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 9447 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 9448 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9449 9450 // The DNS address of the endpoint. 9451 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 9452 9453 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM. 9454 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 9455 9456 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 9457 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 9458 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 9459 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 9460 9461 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 9462 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 9463 9464 // The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting, 9465 // inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that cannot 9466 // be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only 9467 // secondary cluster in a global database. 9468 Status *string `type:"string"` 9469} 9470 9471// String returns the string representation 9472func (s DBClusterEndpoint) String() string { 9473 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9474} 9475 9476// GoString returns the string representation 9477func (s DBClusterEndpoint) GoString() string { 9478 return s.String() 9479} 9480 9481// SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value. 9482func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9483 s.CustomEndpointType = &v 9484 return s 9485} 9486 9487// SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value. 9488func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9489 s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v 9490 return s 9491} 9492 9493// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 9494func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9495 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 9496 return s 9497} 9498 9499// SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value. 9500func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9501 s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v 9502 return s 9503} 9504 9505// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 9506func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9507 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 9508 return s 9509} 9510 9511// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 9512func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9513 s.Endpoint = &v 9514 return s 9515} 9516 9517// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 9518func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetEndpointType(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9519 s.EndpointType = &v 9520 return s 9521} 9522 9523// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 9524func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9525 s.ExcludedMembers = v 9526 return s 9527} 9528 9529// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 9530func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9531 s.StaticMembers = v 9532 return s 9533} 9534 9535// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9536func (s *DBClusterEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterEndpoint { 9537 s.Status = &v 9538 return s 9539} 9540 9541// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. 9542type DBClusterMember struct { 9543 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9544 9545 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of 9546 // the DB cluster. 9547 DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 9548 9549 // Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. 9550 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9551 9552 // Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the 9553 // DB cluster and false otherwise. 9554 IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"` 9555 9556 // A value that specifies the order in which a Read Replica is promoted to the 9557 // primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. 9558 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 9559} 9560 9561// String returns the string representation 9562func (s DBClusterMember) String() string { 9563 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9564} 9565 9566// GoString returns the string representation 9567func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string { 9568 return s.String() 9569} 9570 9571// SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value. 9572func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember { 9573 s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v 9574 return s 9575} 9576 9577// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 9578func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember { 9579 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 9580 return s 9581} 9582 9583// SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value. 9584func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember { 9585 s.IsClusterWriter = &v 9586 return s 9587} 9588 9589// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 9590func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember { 9591 s.PromotionTier = &v 9592 return s 9593} 9594 9595// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. 9596type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct { 9597 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9598 9599 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. 9600 DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 9601 9602 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. 9603 Status *string `type:"string"` 9604} 9605 9606// String returns the string representation 9607func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string { 9608 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9609} 9610 9611// GoString returns the string representation 9612func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string { 9613 return s.String() 9614} 9615 9616// SetDBClusterOptionGroupName sets the DBClusterOptionGroupName field's value. 9617func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetDBClusterOptionGroupName(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 9618 s.DBClusterOptionGroupName = &v 9619 return s 9620} 9621 9622// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9623func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 9624 s.Status = &v 9625 return s 9626} 9627 9628// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster parameter group. 9629// 9630// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 9631// action. 9632type DBClusterParameterGroup struct { 9633 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9634 9635 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. 9636 DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 9637 9638 // Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. 9639 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 9640 9641 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter 9642 // group is compatible with. 9643 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 9644 9645 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter 9646 // group. 9647 Description *string `type:"string"` 9648} 9649 9650// String returns the string representation 9651func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string { 9652 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9653} 9654 9655// GoString returns the string representation 9656func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string { 9657 return s.String() 9658} 9659 9660// SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value. 9661func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 9662 s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v 9663 return s 9664} 9665 9666// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 9667func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 9668 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 9669 return s 9670} 9671 9672// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 9673func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 9674 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 9675 return s 9676} 9677 9678// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 9679func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 9680 s.Description = &v 9681 return s 9682} 9683 9684// Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated 9685// with a DB cluster. 9686type DBClusterRole struct { 9687 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9688 9689 // The name of the feature associated with the AWS Identity and Access Management 9690 // (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. 9691 FeatureName *string `type:"string"` 9692 9693 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the 9694 // DB cluster. 9695 RoleArn *string `type:"string"` 9696 9697 // Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. 9698 // The Status property returns one of the following values: 9699 // 9700 // * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can 9701 // be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. 9702 // 9703 // * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. 9704 // 9705 // * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the 9706 // DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS 9707 // services on your behalf. 9708 Status *string `type:"string"` 9709} 9710 9711// String returns the string representation 9712func (s DBClusterRole) String() string { 9713 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9714} 9715 9716// GoString returns the string representation 9717func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string { 9718 return s.String() 9719} 9720 9721// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 9722func (s *DBClusterRole) SetFeatureName(v string) *DBClusterRole { 9723 s.FeatureName = &v 9724 return s 9725} 9726 9727// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 9728func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole { 9729 s.RoleArn = &v 9730 return s 9731} 9732 9733// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9734func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole { 9735 s.Status = &v 9736 return s 9737} 9738 9739// Contains the details for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster snapshot 9740// 9741// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 9742// action. 9743type DBClusterSnapshot struct { 9744 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9745 9746 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 9747 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 9748 9749 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster 9750 // snapshot can be restored in. 9751 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 9752 9753 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 9754 // Time (UTC). 9755 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9756 9757 // Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster 9758 // snapshot was created from. 9759 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9760 9761 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. 9762 DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 9763 9764 // Specifies the identifier for a DB cluster snapshot. Must match the identifier 9765 // of an existing snapshot. 9766 // 9767 // After you restore a DB cluster using a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, you must 9768 // specify the same DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier for any future updates to the 9769 // DB cluster. When you specify this property for an update, the DB cluster 9770 // is not restored from the snapshot again, and the data in the database is 9771 // not changed. 9772 // 9773 // However, if you don't specify the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, an empty DB 9774 // cluster is created, and the original DB cluster is deleted. If you specify 9775 // a property that is different from the previous snapshot restore property, 9776 // the DB cluster is restored from the snapshot specified by the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, 9777 // and the original DB cluster is deleted. 9778 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 9779 9780 // Specifies the name of the database engine. 9781 Engine *string `type:"string"` 9782 9783 // Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. 9784 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 9785 9786 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 9787 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 9788 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 9789 9790 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 9791 // DB cluster snapshot. 9792 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 9793 9794 // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. 9795 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 9796 9797 // Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. 9798 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 9799 9800 // Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. 9801 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 9802 9803 // Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the 9804 // snapshot. 9805 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 9806 9807 // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time 9808 // (UTC). 9809 SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9810 9811 // Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. 9812 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 9813 9814 // If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, 9815 // the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, 9816 // a null value. 9817 SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 9818 9819 // Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. 9820 Status *string `type:"string"` 9821 9822 // Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. 9823 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 9824 9825 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. 9826 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 9827} 9828 9829// String returns the string representation 9830func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string { 9831 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9832} 9833 9834// GoString returns the string representation 9835func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string { 9836 return s.String() 9837} 9838 9839// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 9840func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9841 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 9842 return s 9843} 9844 9845// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 9846func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9847 s.AvailabilityZones = v 9848 return s 9849} 9850 9851// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 9852func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9853 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 9854 return s 9855} 9856 9857// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 9858func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9859 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 9860 return s 9861} 9862 9863// SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 9864func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9865 s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 9866 return s 9867} 9868 9869// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 9870func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9871 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 9872 return s 9873} 9874 9875// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 9876func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9877 s.Engine = &v 9878 return s 9879} 9880 9881// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 9882func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9883 s.EngineVersion = &v 9884 return s 9885} 9886 9887// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 9888func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9889 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 9890 return s 9891} 9892 9893// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 9894func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9895 s.KmsKeyId = &v 9896 return s 9897} 9898 9899// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 9900func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9901 s.LicenseModel = &v 9902 return s 9903} 9904 9905// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 9906func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9907 s.MasterUsername = &v 9908 return s 9909} 9910 9911// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 9912func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9913 s.PercentProgress = &v 9914 return s 9915} 9916 9917// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 9918func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9919 s.Port = &v 9920 return s 9921} 9922 9923// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. 9924func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9925 s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v 9926 return s 9927} 9928 9929// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 9930func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9931 s.SnapshotType = &v 9932 return s 9933} 9934 9935// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 9936func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9937 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 9938 return s 9939} 9940 9941// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9942func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9943 s.Status = &v 9944 return s 9945} 9946 9947// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 9948func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9949 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 9950 return s 9951} 9952 9953// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 9954func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 9955 s.VpcId = &v 9956 return s 9957} 9958 9959// Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 9960// 9961// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 9962// to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 9963// API action. 9964type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct { 9965 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9966 9967 // The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 9968 // 9969 // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have 9970 // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, 9971 // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 9972 AttributeName *string `type:"string"` 9973 9974 // The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 9975 // 9976 // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a 9977 // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the 9978 // manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual 9979 // DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or 9980 // restore. 9981 AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 9982} 9983 9984// String returns the string representation 9985func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string { 9986 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9987} 9988 9989// GoString returns the string representation 9990func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { 9991 return s.String() 9992} 9993 9994// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 9995func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 9996 s.AttributeName = &v 9997 return s 9998} 9999 10000// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. 10001func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 10002 s.AttributeValues = v 10003 return s 10004} 10005 10006// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 10007// API action. 10008// 10009// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 10010// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 10011// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 10012type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct { 10013 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10014 10015 // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. 10016 DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` 10017 10018 // The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply 10019 // to. 10020 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10021} 10022 10023// String returns the string representation 10024func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { 10025 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10026} 10027 10028// GoString returns the string representation 10029func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { 10030 return s.String() 10031} 10032 10033// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value. 10034func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 10035 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v 10036 return s 10037} 10038 10039// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10040func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 10041 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10042 return s 10043} 10044 10045// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. 10046type DBEngineVersion struct { 10047 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10048 10049 // The description of the database engine. 10050 DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"` 10051 10052 // The description of the database engine version. 10053 DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"` 10054 10055 // The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. 10056 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 10057 10058 // (Not supported by Neptune) 10059 DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"` 10060 10061 // The name of the database engine. 10062 Engine *string `type:"string"` 10063 10064 // The version number of the database engine. 10065 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 10066 10067 // The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch 10068 // Logs. 10069 ExportableLogTypes []*string `type:"list"` 10070 10071 // (Not supported by Neptune) 10072 SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"` 10073 10074 // A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter 10075 // of the CreateDBInstance action. 10076 SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"` 10077 10078 // A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the 10079 // log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs. 10080 SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs *bool `type:"boolean"` 10081 10082 // Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas. 10083 SupportsReadReplica *bool `type:"boolean"` 10084 10085 // A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded 10086 // to. 10087 ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"` 10088} 10089 10090// String returns the string representation 10091func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string { 10092 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10093} 10094 10095// GoString returns the string representation 10096func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string { 10097 return s.String() 10098} 10099 10100// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value. 10101func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 10102 s.DBEngineDescription = &v 10103 return s 10104} 10105 10106// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value. 10107func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 10108 s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v 10109 return s 10110} 10111 10112// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 10113func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 10114 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 10115 return s 10116} 10117 10118// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value. 10119func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 10120 s.DefaultCharacterSet = v 10121 return s 10122} 10123 10124// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 10125func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 10126 s.Engine = &v 10127 return s 10128} 10129 10130// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 10131func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 10132 s.EngineVersion = &v 10133 return s 10134} 10135 10136// SetExportableLogTypes sets the ExportableLogTypes field's value. 10137func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetExportableLogTypes(v []*string) *DBEngineVersion { 10138 s.ExportableLogTypes = v 10139 return s 10140} 10141 10142// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value. 10143func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 10144 s.SupportedCharacterSets = v 10145 return s 10146} 10147 10148// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value. 10149func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DBEngineVersion { 10150 s.SupportedTimezones = v 10151 return s 10152} 10153 10154// SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs sets the SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs field's value. 10155func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 10156 s.SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = &v 10157 return s 10158} 10159 10160// SetSupportsReadReplica sets the SupportsReadReplica field's value. 10161func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportsReadReplica(v bool) *DBEngineVersion { 10162 s.SupportsReadReplica = &v 10163 return s 10164} 10165 10166// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value. 10167func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion { 10168 s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v 10169 return s 10170} 10171 10172// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 10173// 10174// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 10175type DBInstance struct { 10176 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10177 10178 // Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes. 10179 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 10180 10181 // Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. 10182 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 10183 10184 // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. 10185 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 10186 10187 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 10188 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 10189 10190 // The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. 10191 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10192 10193 // (Not supported by Neptune) 10194 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 10195 10196 // Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the 10197 // DB instance. 10198 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 10199 10200 // If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the 10201 // DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. 10202 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10203 10204 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. 10205 DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 10206 10207 // Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. 10208 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 10209 10210 // Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique 10211 // key that identifies a DB instance. 10212 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10213 10214 // Specifies the current state of this database. 10215 DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"` 10216 10217 // The database name. 10218 DBName *string `type:"string"` 10219 10220 // Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. 10221 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 10222 10223 // Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name 10224 // and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. 10225 DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 10226 10227 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, 10228 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 10229 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 10230 10231 // Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is 10232 // part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. 10233 DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"` 10234 10235 // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier 10236 // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB 10237 // instance is accessed. 10238 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 10239 10240 // Indicates whether or not the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 10241 // The instance can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. See Deleting 10242 // a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/manage-console-instances-delete.html). 10243 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 10244 10245 // Not supported 10246 DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"` 10247 10248 // A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch 10249 // Logs. 10250 EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 10251 10252 // Specifies the connection endpoint. 10253 Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` 10254 10255 // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. 10256 Engine *string `type:"string"` 10257 10258 // Indicates the database engine version. 10259 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 10260 10261 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that 10262 // receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. 10263 EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"` 10264 10265 // True if AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication is enabled, 10266 // and otherwise false. 10267 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 10268 10269 // Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. 10270 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10271 10272 // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. 10273 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 10274 10275 // Not supported: The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 10276 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 10277 10278 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 10279 // restore. 10280 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10281 10282 // License model information for this DB instance. 10283 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 10284 10285 // Contains the master username for the DB instance. 10286 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 10287 10288 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 10289 // are collected for the DB instance. 10290 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 10291 10292 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits Neptune to send Enhanced Monitoring 10293 // metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. 10294 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 10295 10296 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 10297 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 10298 10299 // (Not supported by Neptune) 10300 OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"` 10301 10302 // Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only 10303 // included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. 10304 PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"` 10305 10306 // (Not supported by Neptune) 10307 PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 10308 10309 // (Not supported by Neptune) 10310 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 10311 10312 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 10313 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 10314 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 10315 10316 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 10317 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 10318 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 10319 10320 // A value that specifies the order in which a Read Replica is promoted to the 10321 // primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. 10322 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 10323 10324 // This flag should no longer be used. 10325 // 10326 // Deprecated: PubliclyAccessible has been deprecated 10327 PubliclyAccessible *bool `deprecated:"true" type:"boolean"` 10328 10329 // Contains one or more identifiers of DB clusters that are Read Replicas of 10330 // this DB instance. 10331 ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier" type:"list"` 10332 10333 // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this 10334 // DB instance. 10335 ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"` 10336 10337 // Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is 10338 // a Read Replica. 10339 ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10340 10341 // If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB 10342 // instance with multi-AZ support. 10343 SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 10344 10345 // The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this 10346 // is blank. 10347 StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"` 10348 10349 // Not supported: The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 10350 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 10351 10352 // Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. 10353 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 10354 10355 // The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE 10356 // encryption. 10357 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 10358 10359 // Not supported. 10360 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 10361 10362 // Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs 10363 // to. 10364 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 10365} 10366 10367// String returns the string representation 10368func (s DBInstance) String() string { 10369 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10370} 10371 10372// GoString returns the string representation 10373func (s DBInstance) GoString() string { 10374 return s.String() 10375} 10376 10377// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 10378func (s *DBInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance { 10379 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 10380 return s 10381} 10382 10383// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 10384func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance { 10385 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 10386 return s 10387} 10388 10389// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 10390func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 10391 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 10392 return s 10393} 10394 10395// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 10396func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance { 10397 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 10398 return s 10399} 10400 10401// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 10402func (s *DBInstance) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 10403 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 10404 return s 10405} 10406 10407// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 10408func (s *DBInstance) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance { 10409 s.CharacterSetName = &v 10410 return s 10411} 10412 10413// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 10414func (s *DBInstance) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBInstance { 10415 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 10416 return s 10417} 10418 10419// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 10420func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 10421 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 10422 return s 10423} 10424 10425// SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value. 10426func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 10427 s.DBInstanceArn = &v 10428 return s 10429} 10430 10431// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 10432func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance { 10433 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 10434 return s 10435} 10436 10437// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 10438func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 10439 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 10440 return s 10441} 10442 10443// SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value. 10444func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance { 10445 s.DBInstanceStatus = &v 10446 return s 10447} 10448 10449// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 10450func (s *DBInstance) SetDBName(v string) *DBInstance { 10451 s.DBName = &v 10452 return s 10453} 10454 10455// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 10456func (s *DBInstance) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroupStatus) *DBInstance { 10457 s.DBParameterGroups = v 10458 return s 10459} 10460 10461// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 10462func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 10463 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 10464 return s 10465} 10466 10467// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 10468func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance { 10469 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 10470 return s 10471} 10472 10473// SetDbInstancePort sets the DbInstancePort field's value. 10474func (s *DBInstance) SetDbInstancePort(v int64) *DBInstance { 10475 s.DbInstancePort = &v 10476 return s 10477} 10478 10479// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 10480func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance { 10481 s.DbiResourceId = &v 10482 return s 10483} 10484 10485// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 10486func (s *DBInstance) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *DBInstance { 10487 s.DeletionProtection = &v 10488 return s 10489} 10490 10491// SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value. 10492func (s *DBInstance) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBInstance { 10493 s.DomainMemberships = v 10494 return s 10495} 10496 10497// SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 10498func (s *DBInstance) SetEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *DBInstance { 10499 s.EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = v 10500 return s 10501} 10502 10503// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 10504func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance { 10505 s.Endpoint = v 10506 return s 10507} 10508 10509// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 10510func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance { 10511 s.Engine = &v 10512 return s 10513} 10514 10515// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 10516func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance { 10517 s.EngineVersion = &v 10518 return s 10519} 10520 10521// SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn sets the EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn field's value. 10522func (s *DBInstance) SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 10523 s.EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn = &v 10524 return s 10525} 10526 10527// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 10528func (s *DBInstance) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 10529 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 10530 return s 10531} 10532 10533// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 10534func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 10535 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 10536 return s 10537} 10538 10539// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 10540func (s *DBInstance) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstance { 10541 s.Iops = &v 10542 return s 10543} 10544 10545// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 10546func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 10547 s.KmsKeyId = &v 10548 return s 10549} 10550 10551// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 10552func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 10553 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 10554 return s 10555} 10556 10557// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 10558func (s *DBInstance) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstance { 10559 s.LicenseModel = &v 10560 return s 10561} 10562 10563// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 10564func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstance { 10565 s.MasterUsername = &v 10566 return s 10567} 10568 10569// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 10570func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBInstance { 10571 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 10572 return s 10573} 10574 10575// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 10576func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBInstance { 10577 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 10578 return s 10579} 10580 10581// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 10582func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBInstance { 10583 s.MultiAZ = &v 10584 return s 10585} 10586 10587// SetOptionGroupMemberships sets the OptionGroupMemberships field's value. 10588func (s *DBInstance) SetOptionGroupMemberships(v []*OptionGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 10589 s.OptionGroupMemberships = v 10590 return s 10591} 10592 10593// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value. 10594func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance { 10595 s.PendingModifiedValues = v 10596 return s 10597} 10598 10599// SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled sets the PerformanceInsightsEnabled field's value. 10600func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 10601 s.PerformanceInsightsEnabled = &v 10602 return s 10603} 10604 10605// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 10606func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 10607 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 10608 return s 10609} 10610 10611// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 10612func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 10613 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 10614 return s 10615} 10616 10617// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 10618func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 10619 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 10620 return s 10621} 10622 10623// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 10624func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance { 10625 s.PromotionTier = &v 10626 return s 10627} 10628 10629// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 10630func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance { 10631 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 10632 return s 10633} 10634 10635// SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers field's value. 10636func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 10637 s.ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = v 10638 return s 10639} 10640 10641// SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers field's value. 10642func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 10643 s.ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = v 10644 return s 10645} 10646 10647// SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 10648func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 10649 s.ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 10650 return s 10651} 10652 10653// SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value. 10654func (s *DBInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 10655 s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v 10656 return s 10657} 10658 10659// SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value. 10660func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance { 10661 s.StatusInfos = v 10662 return s 10663} 10664 10665// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 10666func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance { 10667 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 10668 return s 10669} 10670 10671// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 10672func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstance { 10673 s.StorageType = &v 10674 return s 10675} 10676 10677// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 10678func (s *DBInstance) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstance { 10679 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 10680 return s 10681} 10682 10683// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 10684func (s *DBInstance) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstance { 10685 s.Timezone = &v 10686 return s 10687} 10688 10689// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 10690func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 10691 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 10692 return s 10693} 10694 10695// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. 10696type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct { 10697 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10698 10699 // Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance 10700 // is not in an error state, this value is blank. 10701 Message *string `type:"string"` 10702 10703 // Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false 10704 // if the instance is in an error state. 10705 Normal *bool `type:"boolean"` 10706 10707 // Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can 10708 // be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. 10709 Status *string `type:"string"` 10710 10711 // This value is currently "read replication." 10712 StatusType *string `type:"string"` 10713} 10714 10715// String returns the string representation 10716func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string { 10717 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10718} 10719 10720// GoString returns the string representation 10721func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string { 10722 return s.String() 10723} 10724 10725// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 10726func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 10727 s.Message = &v 10728 return s 10729} 10730 10731// SetNormal sets the Normal field's value. 10732func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 10733 s.Normal = &v 10734 return s 10735} 10736 10737// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 10738func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 10739 s.Status = &v 10740 return s 10741} 10742 10743// SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value. 10744func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 10745 s.StatusType = &v 10746 return s 10747} 10748 10749// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB parameter group. 10750// 10751// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 10752// action. 10753type DBParameterGroup struct { 10754 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10755 10756 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. 10757 DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 10758 10759 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter 10760 // group is compatible with. 10761 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 10762 10763 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. 10764 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10765 10766 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. 10767 Description *string `type:"string"` 10768} 10769 10770// String returns the string representation 10771func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string { 10772 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10773} 10774 10775// GoString returns the string representation 10776func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string { 10777 return s.String() 10778} 10779 10780// SetDBParameterGroupArn sets the DBParameterGroupArn field's value. 10781func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 10782 s.DBParameterGroupArn = &v 10783 return s 10784} 10785 10786// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 10787func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 10788 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 10789 return s 10790} 10791 10792// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 10793func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 10794 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 10795 return s 10796} 10797 10798// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 10799func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 10800 s.Description = &v 10801 return s 10802} 10803 10804// The status of the DB parameter group. 10805// 10806// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 10807// 10808// * CreateDBInstance 10809// 10810// * DeleteDBInstance 10811// 10812// * ModifyDBInstance 10813// 10814// * RebootDBInstance 10815type DBParameterGroupStatus struct { 10816 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10817 10818 // The name of the DP parameter group. 10819 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10820 10821 // The status of parameter updates. 10822 ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"` 10823} 10824 10825// String returns the string representation 10826func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string { 10827 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10828} 10829 10830// GoString returns the string representation 10831func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string { 10832 return s.String() 10833} 10834 10835// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 10836func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 10837 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 10838 return s 10839} 10840 10841// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value. 10842func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 10843 s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v 10844 return s 10845} 10846 10847// Specifies membership in a designated DB security group. 10848type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct { 10849 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10850 10851 // The name of the DB security group. 10852 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10853 10854 // The status of the DB security group. 10855 Status *string `type:"string"` 10856} 10857 10858// String returns the string representation 10859func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 10860 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10861} 10862 10863// GoString returns the string representation 10864func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 10865 return s.String() 10866} 10867 10868// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 10869func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 10870 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 10871 return s 10872} 10873 10874// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 10875func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 10876 s.Status = &v 10877 return s 10878} 10879 10880// Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB subnet group. 10881// 10882// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 10883// action. 10884type DBSubnetGroup struct { 10885 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10886 10887 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. 10888 DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 10889 10890 // Provides the description of the DB subnet group. 10891 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 10892 10893 // The name of the DB subnet group. 10894 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10895 10896 // Provides the status of the DB subnet group. 10897 SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 10898 10899 // Contains a list of Subnet elements. 10900 Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"` 10901 10902 // Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. 10903 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 10904} 10905 10906// String returns the string representation 10907func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string { 10908 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10909} 10910 10911// GoString returns the string representation 10912func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string { 10913 return s.String() 10914} 10915 10916// SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value. 10917func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10918 s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v 10919 return s 10920} 10921 10922// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 10923func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10924 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 10925 return s 10926} 10927 10928// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 10929func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10930 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 10931 return s 10932} 10933 10934// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value. 10935func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10936 s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v 10937 return s 10938} 10939 10940// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value. 10941func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup { 10942 s.Subnets = v 10943 return s 10944} 10945 10946// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 10947func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 10948 s.VpcId = &v 10949 return s 10950} 10951 10952type DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput struct { 10953 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10954 10955 // The identifier associated with the custom endpoint. This parameter is stored 10956 // as a lowercase string. 10957 // 10958 // DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field 10959 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10960} 10961 10962// String returns the string representation 10963func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string { 10964 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10965} 10966 10967// GoString returns the string representation 10968func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string { 10969 return s.String() 10970} 10971 10972// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10973func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error { 10974 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput"} 10975 if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil { 10976 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier")) 10977 } 10978 10979 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10980 return invalidParams 10981 } 10982 return nil 10983} 10984 10985// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 10986func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointInput { 10987 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 10988 return s 10989} 10990 10991// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 10992// Neptune DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following 10993// actions: 10994// 10995// * CreateDBClusterEndpoint 10996// 10997// * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 10998// 10999// * ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 11000// 11001// * DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 11002// 11003// For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, 11004// see Endpoint. 11005type DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput struct { 11006 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11007 11008 // The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 11009 CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"` 11010 11011 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint. 11012 DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 11013 11014 // The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as 11015 // a lowercase string. 11016 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11017 11018 // A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same 11019 // for the whole life of the endpoint. 11020 DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11021 11022 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 11023 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 11024 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11025 11026 // The DNS address of the endpoint. 11027 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 11028 11029 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM. 11030 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 11031 11032 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 11033 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 11034 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 11035 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 11036 11037 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 11038 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 11039 11040 // The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting, 11041 // inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that cannot 11042 // be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only 11043 // secondary cluster in a global database. 11044 Status *string `type:"string"` 11045} 11046 11047// String returns the string representation 11048func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string { 11049 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11050} 11051 11052// GoString returns the string representation 11053func (s DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 11054 return s.String() 11055} 11056 11057// SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value. 11058func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11059 s.CustomEndpointType = &v 11060 return s 11061} 11062 11063// SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value. 11064func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11065 s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v 11066 return s 11067} 11068 11069// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 11070func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11071 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 11072 return s 11073} 11074 11075// SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value. 11076func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11077 s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v 11078 return s 11079} 11080 11081// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 11082func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11083 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 11084 return s 11085} 11086 11087// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 11088func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11089 s.Endpoint = &v 11090 return s 11091} 11092 11093// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 11094func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11095 s.EndpointType = &v 11096 return s 11097} 11098 11099// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 11100func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11101 s.ExcludedMembers = v 11102 return s 11103} 11104 11105// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 11106func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11107 s.StaticMembers = v 11108 return s 11109} 11110 11111// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 11112func (s *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteDBClusterEndpointOutput { 11113 s.Status = &v 11114 return s 11115} 11116 11117type DeleteDBClusterInput struct { 11118 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11119 11120 // The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter 11121 // isn't case-sensitive. 11122 // 11123 // Constraints: 11124 // 11125 // * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 11126 // 11127 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 11128 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11129 11130 // The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created 11131 // when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. 11132 // 11133 // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter 11134 // to true results in an error. 11135 // 11136 // Constraints: 11137 // 11138 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 11139 // 11140 // * First character must be a letter 11141 // 11142 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 11143 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11144 11145 // Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster 11146 // is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false 11147 // is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. 11148 // 11149 // You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot 11150 // is false. 11151 // 11152 // Default: false 11153 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 11154} 11155 11156// String returns the string representation 11157func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string { 11158 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11159} 11160 11161// GoString returns the string representation 11162func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 11163 return s.String() 11164} 11165 11166// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11167func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 11168 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"} 11169 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 11170 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 11171 } 11172 11173 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11174 return invalidParams 11175 } 11176 return nil 11177} 11178 11179// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 11180func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 11181 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 11182 return s 11183} 11184 11185// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11186func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 11187 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11188 return s 11189} 11190 11191// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 11192func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 11193 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 11194 return s 11195} 11196 11197type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct { 11198 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11199 11200 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 11201 // 11202 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 11203 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 11204} 11205 11206// String returns the string representation 11207func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string { 11208 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11209} 11210 11211// GoString returns the string representation 11212func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 11213 return s.String() 11214} 11215 11216// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 11217func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput { 11218 s.DBCluster = v 11219 return s 11220} 11221 11222type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 11223 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11224 11225 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 11226 // 11227 // Constraints: 11228 // 11229 // * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. 11230 // 11231 // * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group. 11232 // 11233 // * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. 11234 // 11235 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 11236 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11237} 11238 11239// String returns the string representation 11240func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 11241 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11242} 11243 11244// GoString returns the string representation 11245func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 11246 return s.String() 11247} 11248 11249// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11250func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 11251 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 11252 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 11253 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 11254 } 11255 11256 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11257 return invalidParams 11258 } 11259 return nil 11260} 11261 11262// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 11263func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 11264 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 11265 return s 11266} 11267 11268type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 11269 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11270} 11271 11272// String returns the string representation 11273func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 11274 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11275} 11276 11277// GoString returns the string representation 11278func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 11279 return s.String() 11280} 11281 11282type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 11283 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11284 11285 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. 11286 // 11287 // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available 11288 // state. 11289 // 11290 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 11291 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11292} 11293 11294// String returns the string representation 11295func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 11296 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11297} 11298 11299// GoString returns the string representation 11300func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 11301 return s.String() 11302} 11303 11304// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11305func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 11306 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 11307 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 11308 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 11309 } 11310 11311 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11312 return invalidParams 11313 } 11314 return nil 11315} 11316 11317// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11318func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11319 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11320 return s 11321} 11322 11323type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 11324 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11325 11326 // Contains the details for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster snapshot 11327 // 11328 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 11329 // action. 11330 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 11331} 11332 11333// String returns the string representation 11334func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 11335 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11336} 11337 11338// GoString returns the string representation 11339func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 11340 return s.String() 11341} 11342 11343// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 11344func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 11345 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 11346 return s 11347} 11348 11349type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct { 11350 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11351 11352 // The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter 11353 // isn't case-sensitive. 11354 // 11355 // Constraints: 11356 // 11357 // * Must match the name of an existing DB instance. 11358 // 11359 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 11360 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11361 11362 // The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot 11363 // is set to false. 11364 // 11365 // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter 11366 // to true results in an error. 11367 // 11368 // Constraints: 11369 // 11370 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 11371 // 11372 // * First character must be a letter 11373 // 11374 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 11375 // 11376 // * Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. 11377 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11378 11379 // Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance 11380 // is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified, 11381 // a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. 11382 // 11383 // Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', 11384 // 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted 11385 // when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true". 11386 // 11387 // Specify true when deleting a Read Replica. 11388 // 11389 // The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot 11390 // is false. 11391 // 11392 // Default: false 11393 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 11394} 11395 11396// String returns the string representation 11397func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string { 11398 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11399} 11400 11401// GoString returns the string representation 11402func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 11403 return s.String() 11404} 11405 11406// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11407func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 11408 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"} 11409 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 11410 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 11411 } 11412 11413 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11414 return invalidParams 11415 } 11416 return nil 11417} 11418 11419// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 11420func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 11421 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 11422 return s 11423} 11424 11425// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11426func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 11427 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11428 return s 11429} 11430 11431// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 11432func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 11433 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 11434 return s 11435} 11436 11437type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct { 11438 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11439 11440 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 11441 // 11442 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 11443 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 11444} 11445 11446// String returns the string representation 11447func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 11448 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11449} 11450 11451// GoString returns the string representation 11452func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 11453 return s.String() 11454} 11455 11456// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 11457func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput { 11458 s.DBInstance = v 11459 return s 11460} 11461 11462type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct { 11463 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11464 11465 // The name of the DB parameter group. 11466 // 11467 // Constraints: 11468 // 11469 // * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group 11470 // 11471 // * You can't delete a default DB parameter group 11472 // 11473 // * Cannot be associated with any DB instances 11474 // 11475 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 11476 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11477} 11478 11479// String returns the string representation 11480func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 11481 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11482} 11483 11484// GoString returns the string representation 11485func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 11486 return s.String() 11487} 11488 11489// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11490func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 11491 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"} 11492 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 11493 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 11494 } 11495 11496 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11497 return invalidParams 11498 } 11499 return nil 11500} 11501 11502// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 11503func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput { 11504 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 11505 return s 11506} 11507 11508type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 11509 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11510} 11511 11512// String returns the string representation 11513func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 11514 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11515} 11516 11517// GoString returns the string representation 11518func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 11519 return s.String() 11520} 11521 11522type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 11523 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11524 11525 // The name of the database subnet group to delete. 11526 // 11527 // You can't delete the default subnet group. 11528 // 11529 // Constraints: 11530 // 11531 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 11532 // default. 11533 // 11534 // Example: mySubnetgroup 11535 // 11536 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 11537 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11538} 11539 11540// String returns the string representation 11541func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 11542 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11543} 11544 11545// GoString returns the string representation 11546func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 11547 return s.String() 11548} 11549 11550// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11551func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 11552 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"} 11553 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 11554 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 11555 } 11556 11557 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11558 return invalidParams 11559 } 11560 return nil 11561} 11562 11563// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 11564func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput { 11565 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 11566 return s 11567} 11568 11569type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 11570 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11571} 11572 11573// String returns the string representation 11574func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 11575 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11576} 11577 11578// GoString returns the string representation 11579func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 11580 return s.String() 11581} 11582 11583type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct { 11584 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11585 11586 // The name of the event notification subscription you want to delete. 11587 // 11588 // SubscriptionName is a required field 11589 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11590} 11591 11592// String returns the string representation 11593func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 11594 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11595} 11596 11597// GoString returns the string representation 11598func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 11599 return s.String() 11600} 11601 11602// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11603func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 11604 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"} 11605 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 11606 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 11607 } 11608 11609 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11610 return invalidParams 11611 } 11612 return nil 11613} 11614 11615// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 11616func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput { 11617 s.SubscriptionName = &v 11618 return s 11619} 11620 11621type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 11622 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11623 11624 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 11625 // action. 11626 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 11627} 11628 11629// String returns the string representation 11630func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 11631 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11632} 11633 11634// GoString returns the string representation 11635func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 11636 return s.String() 11637} 11638 11639// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 11640func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput { 11641 s.EventSubscription = v 11642 return s 11643} 11644 11645type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput struct { 11646 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11647 11648 // The identifier of the endpoint to describe. This parameter is stored as a 11649 // lowercase string. 11650 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11651 11652 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 11653 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 11654 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11655 11656 // A set of name-value pairs that define which endpoints to include in the output. 11657 // The filters are specified as name-value pairs, in the format Name=endpoint_type,Values=endpoint_type1,endpoint_type2,.... 11658 // Name can be one of: db-cluster-endpoint-type, db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type, 11659 // db-cluster-endpoint-id, db-cluster-endpoint-status. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-type 11660 // filter can be one or more of: reader, writer, custom. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-custom-type 11661 // filter can be one or more of: reader, any. Values for the db-cluster-endpoint-status 11662 // filter can be one or more of: available, creating, deleting, inactive, modifying. 11663 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11664 11665 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 11666 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11667 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11668 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11669 11670 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11671 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11672 // is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results. 11673 // 11674 // Default: 100 11675 // 11676 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11677 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11678} 11679 11680// String returns the string representation 11681func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) String() string { 11682 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11683} 11684 11685// GoString returns the string representation 11686func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) GoString() string { 11687 return s.String() 11688} 11689 11690// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11691func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) Validate() error { 11692 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput"} 11693 if s.Filters != nil { 11694 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11695 if v == nil { 11696 continue 11697 } 11698 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11699 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11700 } 11701 } 11702 } 11703 11704 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11705 return invalidParams 11706 } 11707 return nil 11708} 11709 11710// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 11711func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 11712 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 11713 return s 11714} 11715 11716// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 11717func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 11718 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 11719 return s 11720} 11721 11722// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11723func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 11724 s.Filters = v 11725 return s 11726} 11727 11728// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11729func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 11730 s.Marker = &v 11731 return s 11732} 11733 11734// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11735func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsInput { 11736 s.MaxRecords = &v 11737 return s 11738} 11739 11740type DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput struct { 11741 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11742 11743 // Contains the details of the endpoints associated with the cluster and matching 11744 // any filter conditions. 11745 DBClusterEndpoints []*DBClusterEndpoint `locationNameList:"DBClusterEndpointList" type:"list"` 11746 11747 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 11748 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11749 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11750 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11751} 11752 11753// String returns the string representation 11754func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) String() string { 11755 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11756} 11757 11758// GoString returns the string representation 11759func (s DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) GoString() string { 11760 return s.String() 11761} 11762 11763// SetDBClusterEndpoints sets the DBClusterEndpoints field's value. 11764func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) SetDBClusterEndpoints(v []*DBClusterEndpoint) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput { 11765 s.DBClusterEndpoints = v 11766 return s 11767} 11768 11769// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11770func (s *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterEndpointsOutput { 11771 s.Marker = &v 11772 return s 11773} 11774 11775type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct { 11776 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11777 11778 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for. 11779 // 11780 // Constraints: 11781 // 11782 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 11783 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11784 11785 // This parameter is not currently supported. 11786 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11787 11788 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 11789 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11790 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11791 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11792 11793 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11794 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11795 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 11796 // 11797 // Default: 100 11798 // 11799 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11800 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11801} 11802 11803// String returns the string representation 11804func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 11805 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11806} 11807 11808// GoString returns the string representation 11809func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 11810 return s.String() 11811} 11812 11813// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11814func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 11815 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"} 11816 if s.Filters != nil { 11817 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11818 if v == nil { 11819 continue 11820 } 11821 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11822 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11823 } 11824 } 11825 } 11826 11827 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11828 return invalidParams 11829 } 11830 return nil 11831} 11832 11833// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 11834func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 11835 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 11836 return s 11837} 11838 11839// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11840func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 11841 s.Filters = v 11842 return s 11843} 11844 11845// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11846func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 11847 s.Marker = &v 11848 return s 11849} 11850 11851// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11852func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 11853 s.MaxRecords = &v 11854 return s 11855} 11856 11857type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct { 11858 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11859 11860 // A list of DB cluster parameter groups. 11861 DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"` 11862 11863 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 11864 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11865 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11866 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11867} 11868 11869// String returns the string representation 11870func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 11871 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11872} 11873 11874// GoString returns the string representation 11875func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 11876 return s.String() 11877} 11878 11879// SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value. 11880func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 11881 s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v 11882 return s 11883} 11884 11885// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11886func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 11887 s.Marker = &v 11888 return s 11889} 11890 11891type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct { 11892 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11893 11894 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details 11895 // for. 11896 // 11897 // Constraints: 11898 // 11899 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 11900 // 11901 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 11902 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11903 11904 // This parameter is not currently supported. 11905 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 11906 11907 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 11908 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11909 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 11910 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11911 11912 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 11913 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 11914 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 11915 // 11916 // Default: 100 11917 // 11918 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 11919 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 11920 11921 // A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter 11922 // sources can be engine, service, or customer. 11923 Source *string `type:"string"` 11924} 11925 11926// String returns the string representation 11927func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string { 11928 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11929} 11930 11931// GoString returns the string representation 11932func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 11933 return s.String() 11934} 11935 11936// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11937func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 11938 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"} 11939 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 11940 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 11941 } 11942 if s.Filters != nil { 11943 for i, v := range s.Filters { 11944 if v == nil { 11945 continue 11946 } 11947 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 11948 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11949 } 11950 } 11951 } 11952 11953 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11954 return invalidParams 11955 } 11956 return nil 11957} 11958 11959// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 11960func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 11961 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 11962 return s 11963} 11964 11965// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 11966func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 11967 s.Filters = v 11968 return s 11969} 11970 11971// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 11972func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 11973 s.Marker = &v 11974 return s 11975} 11976 11977// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 11978func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 11979 s.MaxRecords = &v 11980 return s 11981} 11982 11983// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 11984func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 11985 s.Source = &v 11986 return s 11987} 11988 11989type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct { 11990 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11991 11992 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 11993 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 11994 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 11995 Marker *string `type:"string"` 11996 11997 // Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group. 11998 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 11999} 12000 12001// String returns the string representation 12002func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 12003 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12004} 12005 12006// GoString returns the string representation 12007func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 12008 return s.String() 12009} 12010 12011// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12012func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 12013 s.Marker = &v 12014 return s 12015} 12016 12017// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 12018func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 12019 s.Parameters = v 12020 return s 12021} 12022 12023type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct { 12024 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12025 12026 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for. 12027 // 12028 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 12029 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12030} 12031 12032// String returns the string representation 12033func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { 12034 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12035} 12036 12037// GoString returns the string representation 12038func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { 12039 return s.String() 12040} 12041 12042// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12043func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { 12044 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"} 12045 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 12046 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 12047 } 12048 12049 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12050 return invalidParams 12051 } 12052 return nil 12053} 12054 12055// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 12056func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput { 12057 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 12058 return s 12059} 12060 12061type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { 12062 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12063 12064 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 12065 // API action. 12066 // 12067 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 12068 // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 12069 // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 12070 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 12071} 12072 12073// String returns the string representation 12074func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { 12075 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12076} 12077 12078// GoString returns the string representation 12079func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 12080 return s.String() 12081} 12082 12083// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 12084func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput { 12085 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 12086 return s 12087} 12088 12089type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct { 12090 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12091 12092 // The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. 12093 // This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 12094 // parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 12095 // 12096 // Constraints: 12097 // 12098 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 12099 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 12100 12101 // A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't 12102 // be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value 12103 // is stored as a lowercase string. 12104 // 12105 // Constraints: 12106 // 12107 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. 12108 // 12109 // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter 12110 // must also be specified. 12111 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 12112 12113 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12114 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12115 12116 // True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied 12117 // or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. 12118 // The default is false. 12119 // 12120 // You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 12121 // API action. 12122 IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` 12123 12124 // True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts 12125 // that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise 12126 // false. The default is false. 12127 // 12128 // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot 12129 // from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 12130 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 12131 12132 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 12133 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12134 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12135 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12136 12137 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12138 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12139 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12140 // 12141 // Default: 100 12142 // 12143 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12144 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12145 12146 // The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the 12147 // following values: 12148 // 12149 // * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically 12150 // taken by Amazon Neptune for my AWS account. 12151 // 12152 // * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my 12153 // AWS account. 12154 // 12155 // * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared 12156 // to my AWS account. 12157 // 12158 // * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public. 12159 // 12160 // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual 12161 // DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots 12162 // with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can 12163 // include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic 12164 // parameter to true. 12165 // 12166 // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType 12167 // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply 12168 // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply 12169 // when SnapshotType is set to public. 12170 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 12171} 12172 12173// String returns the string representation 12174func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string { 12175 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12176} 12177 12178// GoString returns the string representation 12179func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 12180 return s.String() 12181} 12182 12183// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12184func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { 12185 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"} 12186 if s.Filters != nil { 12187 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12188 if v == nil { 12189 continue 12190 } 12191 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12192 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12193 } 12194 } 12195 } 12196 12197 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12198 return invalidParams 12199 } 12200 return nil 12201} 12202 12203// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 12204func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 12205 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 12206 return s 12207} 12208 12209// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 12210func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 12211 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 12212 return s 12213} 12214 12215// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12216func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 12217 s.Filters = v 12218 return s 12219} 12220 12221// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. 12222func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 12223 s.IncludePublic = &v 12224 return s 12225} 12226 12227// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 12228func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 12229 s.IncludeShared = &v 12230 return s 12231} 12232 12233// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12234func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 12235 s.Marker = &v 12236 return s 12237} 12238 12239// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12240func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 12241 s.MaxRecords = &v 12242 return s 12243} 12244 12245// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 12246func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 12247 s.SnapshotType = &v 12248 return s 12249} 12250 12251type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct { 12252 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12253 12254 // Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user. 12255 DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"` 12256 12257 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 12258 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12259 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12260 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12261} 12262 12263// String returns the string representation 12264func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 12265 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12266} 12267 12268// GoString returns the string representation 12269func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 12270 return s.String() 12271} 12272 12273// SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value. 12274func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 12275 s.DBClusterSnapshots = v 12276 return s 12277} 12278 12279// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12280func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 12281 s.Marker = &v 12282 return s 12283} 12284 12285type DescribeDBClustersInput struct { 12286 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12287 12288 // The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, 12289 // information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter 12290 // isn't case-sensitive. 12291 // 12292 // Constraints: 12293 // 12294 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 12295 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 12296 12297 // A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. 12298 // 12299 // Supported filters: 12300 // 12301 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 12302 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 12303 // about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 12304 // 12305 // * engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the 12306 // results list to DB clusters created by that engine. 12307 // 12308 // For example, to invoke this API from the AWS CLI and filter so that only 12309 // Neptune DB clusters are returned, you could use the following command: 12310 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12311 12312 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request. 12313 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 12314 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12315 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12316 12317 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12318 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12319 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12320 // 12321 // Default: 100 12322 // 12323 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12324 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12325} 12326 12327// String returns the string representation 12328func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string { 12329 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12330} 12331 12332// GoString returns the string representation 12333func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string { 12334 return s.String() 12335} 12336 12337// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12338func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error { 12339 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"} 12340 if s.Filters != nil { 12341 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12342 if v == nil { 12343 continue 12344 } 12345 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12346 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12347 } 12348 } 12349 } 12350 12351 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12352 return invalidParams 12353 } 12354 return nil 12355} 12356 12357// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 12358func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 12359 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 12360 return s 12361} 12362 12363// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12364func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 12365 s.Filters = v 12366 return s 12367} 12368 12369// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12370func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 12371 s.Marker = &v 12372 return s 12373} 12374 12375// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12376func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 12377 s.MaxRecords = &v 12378 return s 12379} 12380 12381type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct { 12382 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12383 12384 // Contains a list of DB clusters for the user. 12385 DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"` 12386 12387 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request. 12388 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12389} 12390 12391// String returns the string representation 12392func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string { 12393 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12394} 12395 12396// GoString returns the string representation 12397func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string { 12398 return s.String() 12399} 12400 12401// SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value. 12402func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 12403 s.DBClusters = v 12404 return s 12405} 12406 12407// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12408func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 12409 s.Marker = &v 12410 return s 12411} 12412 12413type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct { 12414 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12415 12416 // The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. 12417 // 12418 // Constraints: 12419 // 12420 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily. 12421 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 12422 12423 // Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine 12424 // and major version combination is returned. 12425 DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` 12426 12427 // The database engine to return. 12428 Engine *string `type:"string"` 12429 12430 // The database engine version to return. 12431 // 12432 // Example: 5.1.49 12433 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 12434 12435 // Not currently supported. 12436 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12437 12438 // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName 12439 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 12440 // character sets for each engine version. 12441 ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"` 12442 12443 // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the TimeZone 12444 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 12445 // time zones for each engine version. 12446 ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"` 12447 12448 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 12449 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 12450 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 12451 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12452 12453 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 12454 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 12455 // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. 12456 // 12457 // Default: 100 12458 // 12459 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12460 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12461} 12462 12463// String returns the string representation 12464func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string { 12465 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12466} 12467 12468// GoString returns the string representation 12469func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string { 12470 return s.String() 12471} 12472 12473// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12474func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error { 12475 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"} 12476 if s.Filters != nil { 12477 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12478 if v == nil { 12479 continue 12480 } 12481 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12482 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12483 } 12484 } 12485 } 12486 12487 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12488 return invalidParams 12489 } 12490 return nil 12491} 12492 12493// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 12494func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12495 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 12496 return s 12497} 12498 12499// SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value. 12500func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12501 s.DefaultOnly = &v 12502 return s 12503} 12504 12505// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 12506func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12507 s.Engine = &v 12508 return s 12509} 12510 12511// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 12512func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12513 s.EngineVersion = &v 12514 return s 12515} 12516 12517// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12518func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12519 s.Filters = v 12520 return s 12521} 12522 12523// SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value. 12524func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12525 s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v 12526 return s 12527} 12528 12529// SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value. 12530func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12531 s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v 12532 return s 12533} 12534 12535// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12536func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12537 s.Marker = &v 12538 return s 12539} 12540 12541// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12542func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 12543 s.MaxRecords = &v 12544 return s 12545} 12546 12547type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct { 12548 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12549 12550 // A list of DBEngineVersion elements. 12551 DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"` 12552 12553 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 12554 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 12555 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 12556 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12557} 12558 12559// String returns the string representation 12560func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string { 12561 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12562} 12563 12564// GoString returns the string representation 12565func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string { 12566 return s.String() 12567} 12568 12569// SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value. 12570func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 12571 s.DBEngineVersions = v 12572 return s 12573} 12574 12575// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12576func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 12577 s.Marker = &v 12578 return s 12579} 12580 12581type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct { 12582 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12583 12584 // The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information 12585 // from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 12586 // 12587 // Constraints: 12588 // 12589 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 12590 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 12591 12592 // A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. 12593 // 12594 // Supported filters: 12595 // 12596 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 12597 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 12598 // about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these 12599 // ARNs. 12600 // 12601 // * engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the 12602 // results list to DB instances created by that engine. 12603 // 12604 // For example, to invoke this API from the AWS CLI and filter so that only 12605 // Neptune DB instances are returned, you could use the following command: 12606 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12607 12608 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request. 12609 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 12610 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12611 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12612 12613 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12614 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12615 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12616 // 12617 // Default: 100 12618 // 12619 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12620 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12621} 12622 12623// String returns the string representation 12624func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string { 12625 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12626} 12627 12628// GoString returns the string representation 12629func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { 12630 return s.String() 12631} 12632 12633// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12634func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { 12635 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"} 12636 if s.Filters != nil { 12637 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12638 if v == nil { 12639 continue 12640 } 12641 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12642 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12643 } 12644 } 12645 } 12646 12647 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12648 return invalidParams 12649 } 12650 return nil 12651} 12652 12653// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 12654func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 12655 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 12656 return s 12657} 12658 12659// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12660func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 12661 s.Filters = v 12662 return s 12663} 12664 12665// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12666func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 12667 s.Marker = &v 12668 return s 12669} 12670 12671// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12672func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 12673 s.MaxRecords = &v 12674 return s 12675} 12676 12677type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct { 12678 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12679 12680 // A list of DBInstance instances. 12681 DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"` 12682 12683 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 12684 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 12685 // the value specified by MaxRecords . 12686 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12687} 12688 12689// String returns the string representation 12690func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string { 12691 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12692} 12693 12694// GoString returns the string representation 12695func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { 12696 return s.String() 12697} 12698 12699// SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value. 12700func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 12701 s.DBInstances = v 12702 return s 12703} 12704 12705// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12706func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 12707 s.Marker = &v 12708 return s 12709} 12710 12711type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct { 12712 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12713 12714 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 12715 // 12716 // Constraints: 12717 // 12718 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 12719 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 12720 12721 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12722 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12723 12724 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups 12725 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12726 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12727 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12728 12729 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12730 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12731 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12732 // 12733 // Default: 100 12734 // 12735 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12736 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12737} 12738 12739// String returns the string representation 12740func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 12741 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12742} 12743 12744// GoString returns the string representation 12745func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 12746 return s.String() 12747} 12748 12749// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12750func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 12751 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"} 12752 if s.Filters != nil { 12753 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12754 if v == nil { 12755 continue 12756 } 12757 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12758 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12759 } 12760 } 12761 } 12762 12763 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12764 return invalidParams 12765 } 12766 return nil 12767} 12768 12769// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 12770func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 12771 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 12772 return s 12773} 12774 12775// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12776func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 12777 s.Filters = v 12778 return s 12779} 12780 12781// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12782func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 12783 s.Marker = &v 12784 return s 12785} 12786 12787// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12788func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 12789 s.MaxRecords = &v 12790 return s 12791} 12792 12793type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct { 12794 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12795 12796 // A list of DBParameterGroup instances. 12797 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 12798 12799 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 12800 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 12801 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 12802 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12803} 12804 12805// String returns the string representation 12806func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 12807 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12808} 12809 12810// GoString returns the string representation 12811func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 12812 return s.String() 12813} 12814 12815// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 12816func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroup) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 12817 s.DBParameterGroups = v 12818 return s 12819} 12820 12821// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12822func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 12823 s.Marker = &v 12824 return s 12825} 12826 12827type DescribeDBParametersInput struct { 12828 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12829 12830 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 12831 // 12832 // Constraints: 12833 // 12834 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 12835 // 12836 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 12837 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12838 12839 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12840 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12841 12842 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters 12843 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12844 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12845 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12846 12847 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12848 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12849 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12850 // 12851 // Default: 100 12852 // 12853 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12854 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12855 12856 // The parameter types to return. 12857 // 12858 // Default: All parameter types returned 12859 // 12860 // Valid Values: user | system | engine-default 12861 Source *string `type:"string"` 12862} 12863 12864// String returns the string representation 12865func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string { 12866 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12867} 12868 12869// GoString returns the string representation 12870func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string { 12871 return s.String() 12872} 12873 12874// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12875func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error { 12876 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"} 12877 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 12878 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 12879 } 12880 if s.Filters != nil { 12881 for i, v := range s.Filters { 12882 if v == nil { 12883 continue 12884 } 12885 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12886 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12887 } 12888 } 12889 } 12890 12891 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12892 return invalidParams 12893 } 12894 return nil 12895} 12896 12897// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 12898func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 12899 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 12900 return s 12901} 12902 12903// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 12904func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 12905 s.Filters = v 12906 return s 12907} 12908 12909// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12910func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 12911 s.Marker = &v 12912 return s 12913} 12914 12915// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 12916func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 12917 s.MaxRecords = &v 12918 return s 12919} 12920 12921// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 12922func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 12923 s.Source = &v 12924 return s 12925} 12926 12927type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct { 12928 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12929 12930 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 12931 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 12932 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 12933 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12934 12935 // A list of Parameter values. 12936 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 12937} 12938 12939// String returns the string representation 12940func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string { 12941 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12942} 12943 12944// GoString returns the string representation 12945func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string { 12946 return s.String() 12947} 12948 12949// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 12950func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 12951 s.Marker = &v 12952 return s 12953} 12954 12955// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 12956func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 12957 s.Parameters = v 12958 return s 12959} 12960 12961type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct { 12962 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12963 12964 // The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. 12965 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 12966 12967 // This parameter is not currently supported. 12968 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 12969 12970 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups 12971 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 12972 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 12973 Marker *string `type:"string"` 12974 12975 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 12976 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 12977 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 12978 // 12979 // Default: 100 12980 // 12981 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 12982 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 12983} 12984 12985// String returns the string representation 12986func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string { 12987 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12988} 12989 12990// GoString returns the string representation 12991func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string { 12992 return s.String() 12993} 12994 12995// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12996func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error { 12997 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"} 12998 if s.Filters != nil { 12999 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13000 if v == nil { 13001 continue 13002 } 13003 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13004 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13005 } 13006 } 13007 } 13008 13009 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13010 return invalidParams 13011 } 13012 return nil 13013} 13014 13015// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 13016func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 13017 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 13018 return s 13019} 13020 13021// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13022func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 13023 s.Filters = v 13024 return s 13025} 13026 13027// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13028func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 13029 s.Marker = &v 13030 return s 13031} 13032 13033// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 13034func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 13035 s.MaxRecords = &v 13036 return s 13037} 13038 13039type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct { 13040 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13041 13042 // A list of DBSubnetGroup instances. 13043 DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"` 13044 13045 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 13046 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 13047 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 13048 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13049} 13050 13051// String returns the string representation 13052func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string { 13053 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13054} 13055 13056// GoString returns the string representation 13057func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 13058 return s.String() 13059} 13060 13061// SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value. 13062func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 13063 s.DBSubnetGroups = v 13064 return s 13065} 13066 13067// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13068func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 13069 s.Marker = &v 13070 return s 13071} 13072 13073type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct { 13074 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13075 13076 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter 13077 // information for. 13078 // 13079 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 13080 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13081 13082 // This parameter is not currently supported. 13083 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 13084 13085 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 13086 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 13087 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 13088 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13089 13090 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 13091 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 13092 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 13093 // 13094 // Default: 100 13095 // 13096 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 13097 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 13098} 13099 13100// String returns the string representation 13101func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string { 13102 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13103} 13104 13105// GoString returns the string representation 13106func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 13107 return s.String() 13108} 13109 13110// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13111func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 13112 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"} 13113 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 13114 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 13115 } 13116 if s.Filters != nil { 13117 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13118 if v == nil { 13119 continue 13120 } 13121 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13122 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13123 } 13124 } 13125 } 13126 13127 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13128 return invalidParams 13129 } 13130 return nil 13131} 13132 13133// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 13134func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 13135 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 13136 return s 13137} 13138 13139// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13140func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 13141 s.Filters = v 13142 return s 13143} 13144 13145// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13146func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 13147 s.Marker = &v 13148 return s 13149} 13150 13151// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 13152func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 13153 s.MaxRecords = &v 13154 return s 13155} 13156 13157type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct { 13158 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13159 13160 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 13161 // action. 13162 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 13163} 13164 13165// String returns the string representation 13166func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 13167 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13168} 13169 13170// GoString returns the string representation 13171func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 13172 return s.String() 13173} 13174 13175// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 13176func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput { 13177 s.EngineDefaults = v 13178 return s 13179} 13180 13181type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct { 13182 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13183 13184 // The name of the DB parameter group family. 13185 // 13186 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 13187 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13188 13189 // Not currently supported. 13190 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 13191 13192 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 13193 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 13194 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 13195 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13196 13197 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 13198 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 13199 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 13200 // 13201 // Default: 100 13202 // 13203 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 13204 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 13205} 13206 13207// String returns the string representation 13208func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string { 13209 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13210} 13211 13212// GoString returns the string representation 13213func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string { 13214 return s.String() 13215} 13216 13217// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13218func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error { 13219 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"} 13220 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 13221 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 13222 } 13223 if s.Filters != nil { 13224 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13225 if v == nil { 13226 continue 13227 } 13228 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13229 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13230 } 13231 } 13232 } 13233 13234 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13235 return invalidParams 13236 } 13237 return nil 13238} 13239 13240// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 13241func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 13242 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 13243 return s 13244} 13245 13246// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13247func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 13248 s.Filters = v 13249 return s 13250} 13251 13252// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13253func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 13254 s.Marker = &v 13255 return s 13256} 13257 13258// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 13259func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 13260 s.MaxRecords = &v 13261 return s 13262} 13263 13264type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct { 13265 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13266 13267 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 13268 // action. 13269 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 13270} 13271 13272// String returns the string representation 13273func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string { 13274 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13275} 13276 13277// GoString returns the string representation 13278func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string { 13279 return s.String() 13280} 13281 13282// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 13283func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput { 13284 s.EngineDefaults = v 13285 return s 13286} 13287 13288type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct { 13289 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13290 13291 // This parameter is not currently supported. 13292 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 13293 13294 // The type of source that is generating the events. 13295 // 13296 // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot 13297 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 13298} 13299 13300// String returns the string representation 13301func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string { 13302 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13303} 13304 13305// GoString returns the string representation 13306func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string { 13307 return s.String() 13308} 13309 13310// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13311func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error { 13312 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"} 13313 if s.Filters != nil { 13314 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13315 if v == nil { 13316 continue 13317 } 13318 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13319 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13320 } 13321 } 13322 } 13323 13324 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13325 return invalidParams 13326 } 13327 return nil 13328} 13329 13330// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13331func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 13332 s.Filters = v 13333 return s 13334} 13335 13336// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 13337func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 13338 s.SourceType = &v 13339 return s 13340} 13341 13342type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct { 13343 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13344 13345 // A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. 13346 EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"` 13347} 13348 13349// String returns the string representation 13350func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string { 13351 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13352} 13353 13354// GoString returns the string representation 13355func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string { 13356 return s.String() 13357} 13358 13359// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value. 13360func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput { 13361 s.EventCategoriesMapList = v 13362 return s 13363} 13364 13365type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct { 13366 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13367 13368 // This parameter is not currently supported. 13369 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 13370 13371 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 13372 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 13373 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 13374 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13375 13376 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 13377 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 13378 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 13379 // 13380 // Default: 100 13381 // 13382 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 13383 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 13384 13385 // The name of the event notification subscription you want to describe. 13386 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"` 13387} 13388 13389// String returns the string representation 13390func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string { 13391 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13392} 13393 13394// GoString returns the string representation 13395func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string { 13396 return s.String() 13397} 13398 13399// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13400func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error { 13401 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"} 13402 if s.Filters != nil { 13403 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13404 if v == nil { 13405 continue 13406 } 13407 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13408 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13409 } 13410 } 13411 } 13412 13413 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13414 return invalidParams 13415 } 13416 return nil 13417} 13418 13419// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13420func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 13421 s.Filters = v 13422 return s 13423} 13424 13425// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13426func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 13427 s.Marker = &v 13428 return s 13429} 13430 13431// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 13432func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 13433 s.MaxRecords = &v 13434 return s 13435} 13436 13437// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 13438func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 13439 s.SubscriptionName = &v 13440 return s 13441} 13442 13443type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct { 13444 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13445 13446 // A list of EventSubscriptions data types. 13447 EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"` 13448 13449 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 13450 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 13451 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 13452 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13453} 13454 13455// String returns the string representation 13456func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string { 13457 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13458} 13459 13460// GoString returns the string representation 13461func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string { 13462 return s.String() 13463} 13464 13465// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value. 13466func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 13467 s.EventSubscriptionsList = v 13468 return s 13469} 13470 13471// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13472func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 13473 s.Marker = &v 13474 return s 13475} 13476 13477type DescribeEventsInput struct { 13478 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13479 13480 // The number of minutes to retrieve events for. 13481 // 13482 // Default: 60 13483 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 13484 13485 // The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 13486 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 13487 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 13488 // 13489 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 13490 EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 13491 13492 // A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification 13493 // subscription. 13494 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 13495 13496 // This parameter is not currently supported. 13497 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 13498 13499 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. 13500 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 13501 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 13502 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13503 13504 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 13505 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 13506 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 13507 // 13508 // Default: 100 13509 // 13510 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 13511 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 13512 13513 // The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not 13514 // specified, then all sources are included in the response. 13515 // 13516 // Constraints: 13517 // 13518 // * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 13519 // 13520 // * If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be 13521 // supplied. 13522 // 13523 // * If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be 13524 // supplied. 13525 // 13526 // * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must 13527 // be supplied. 13528 // 13529 // * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied. 13530 // 13531 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 13532 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 13533 13534 // The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events 13535 // are returned. 13536 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 13537 13538 // The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 13539 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 13540 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 13541 // 13542 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 13543 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 13544} 13545 13546// String returns the string representation 13547func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string { 13548 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13549} 13550 13551// GoString returns the string representation 13552func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string { 13553 return s.String() 13554} 13555 13556// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13557func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error { 13558 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"} 13559 if s.Filters != nil { 13560 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13561 if v == nil { 13562 continue 13563 } 13564 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13565 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13566 } 13567 } 13568 } 13569 13570 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13571 return invalidParams 13572 } 13573 return nil 13574} 13575 13576// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 13577func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 13578 s.Duration = &v 13579 return s 13580} 13581 13582// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value. 13583func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 13584 s.EndTime = &v 13585 return s 13586} 13587 13588// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 13589func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput { 13590 s.EventCategories = v 13591 return s 13592} 13593 13594// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13595func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput { 13596 s.Filters = v 13597 return s 13598} 13599 13600// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13601func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 13602 s.Marker = &v 13603 return s 13604} 13605 13606// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 13607func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 13608 s.MaxRecords = &v 13609 return s 13610} 13611 13612// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 13613func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 13614 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 13615 return s 13616} 13617 13618// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 13619func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 13620 s.SourceType = &v 13621 return s 13622} 13623 13624// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 13625func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 13626 s.StartTime = &v 13627 return s 13628} 13629 13630type DescribeEventsOutput struct { 13631 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13632 13633 // A list of Event instances. 13634 Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"` 13635 13636 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this 13637 // parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, 13638 // up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 13639 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13640} 13641 13642// String returns the string representation 13643func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string { 13644 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13645} 13646 13647// GoString returns the string representation 13648func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string { 13649 return s.String() 13650} 13651 13652// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. 13653func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput { 13654 s.Events = v 13655 return s 13656} 13657 13658// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13659func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput { 13660 s.Marker = &v 13661 return s 13662} 13663 13664type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct { 13665 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13666 13667 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 13668 // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. 13669 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 13670 13671 // The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. 13672 // 13673 // Engine is a required field 13674 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13675 13676 // The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 13677 // available offerings matching the specified engine version. 13678 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 13679 13680 // This parameter is not currently supported. 13681 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 13682 13683 // The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 13684 // offerings matching the specified license model. 13685 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 13686 13687 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 13688 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 13689 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 13690 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13691 13692 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 13693 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 13694 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 13695 // 13696 // Default: 100 13697 // 13698 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 13699 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 13700 13701 // The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC 13702 // or non-VPC offerings. 13703 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 13704} 13705 13706// String returns the string representation 13707func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string { 13708 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13709} 13710 13711// GoString returns the string representation 13712func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string { 13713 return s.String() 13714} 13715 13716// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13717func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error { 13718 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"} 13719 if s.Engine == nil { 13720 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 13721 } 13722 if s.Filters != nil { 13723 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13724 if v == nil { 13725 continue 13726 } 13727 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13728 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13729 } 13730 } 13731 } 13732 13733 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13734 return invalidParams 13735 } 13736 return nil 13737} 13738 13739// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 13740func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 13741 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 13742 return s 13743} 13744 13745// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 13746func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 13747 s.Engine = &v 13748 return s 13749} 13750 13751// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 13752func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 13753 s.EngineVersion = &v 13754 return s 13755} 13756 13757// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13758func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 13759 s.Filters = v 13760 return s 13761} 13762 13763// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 13764func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 13765 s.LicenseModel = &v 13766 return s 13767} 13768 13769// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13770func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 13771 s.Marker = &v 13772 return s 13773} 13774 13775// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 13776func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 13777 s.MaxRecords = &v 13778 return s 13779} 13780 13781// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 13782func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 13783 s.Vpc = &v 13784 return s 13785} 13786 13787type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct { 13788 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13789 13790 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions 13791 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 13792 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 13793 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13794 13795 // An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable 13796 // options for the DB instance. 13797 OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"` 13798} 13799 13800// String returns the string representation 13801func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string { 13802 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13803} 13804 13805// GoString returns the string representation 13806func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string { 13807 return s.String() 13808} 13809 13810// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13811func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 13812 s.Marker = &v 13813 return s 13814} 13815 13816// SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value. 13817func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 13818 s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v 13819 return s 13820} 13821 13822type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct { 13823 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13824 13825 // A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance 13826 // actions for. 13827 // 13828 // Supported filters: 13829 // 13830 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 13831 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance 13832 // actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 13833 // 13834 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs. 13835 // The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the 13836 // DB instances identified by these ARNs. 13837 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 13838 13839 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 13840 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 13841 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 13842 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13843 13844 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 13845 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 13846 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 13847 // 13848 // Default: 100 13849 // 13850 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 13851 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 13852 13853 // The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for. 13854 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 13855} 13856 13857// String returns the string representation 13858func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string { 13859 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13860} 13861 13862// GoString returns the string representation 13863func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string { 13864 return s.String() 13865} 13866 13867// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13868func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error { 13869 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"} 13870 if s.Filters != nil { 13871 for i, v := range s.Filters { 13872 if v == nil { 13873 continue 13874 } 13875 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13876 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13877 } 13878 } 13879 } 13880 13881 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13882 return invalidParams 13883 } 13884 return nil 13885} 13886 13887// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 13888func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 13889 s.Filters = v 13890 return s 13891} 13892 13893// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13894func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 13895 s.Marker = &v 13896 return s 13897} 13898 13899// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 13900func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 13901 s.MaxRecords = &v 13902 return s 13903} 13904 13905// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 13906func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 13907 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 13908 return s 13909} 13910 13911type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct { 13912 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13913 13914 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 13915 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 13916 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 13917 Marker *string `type:"string"` 13918 13919 // A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource. 13920 PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"` 13921} 13922 13923// String returns the string representation 13924func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string { 13925 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13926} 13927 13928// GoString returns the string representation 13929func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string { 13930 return s.String() 13931} 13932 13933// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 13934func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 13935 s.Marker = &v 13936 return s 13937} 13938 13939// SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 13940func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 13941 s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v 13942 return s 13943} 13944 13945type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct { 13946 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13947 13948 // The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance. 13949 // 13950 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 13951 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13952} 13953 13954// String returns the string representation 13955func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String() string { 13956 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13957} 13958 13959// GoString returns the string representation 13960func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) GoString() string { 13961 return s.String() 13962} 13963 13964// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13965func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate() error { 13966 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput"} 13967 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 13968 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 13969 } 13970 13971 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13972 return invalidParams 13973 } 13974 return nil 13975} 13976 13977// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 13978func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput { 13979 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 13980 return s 13981} 13982 13983type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct { 13984 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13985 13986 // Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 13987 // Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 13988 // action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 13989 ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage `type:"structure"` 13990} 13991 13992// String returns the string representation 13993func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String() string { 13994 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13995} 13996 13997// GoString returns the string representation 13998func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) GoString() string { 13999 return s.String() 14000} 14001 14002// SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage sets the ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage field's value. 14003func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage(v *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput { 14004 s.ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = v 14005 return s 14006} 14007 14008// An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with a DB instance. 14009type DomainMembership struct { 14010 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14011 14012 // The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. 14013 Domain *string `type:"string"` 14014 14015 // The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. 14016 FQDN *string `type:"string"` 14017 14018 // The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory 14019 // Service. 14020 IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 14021 14022 // The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such 14023 // as joined, pending-join, failed etc). 14024 Status *string `type:"string"` 14025} 14026 14027// String returns the string representation 14028func (s DomainMembership) String() string { 14029 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14030} 14031 14032// GoString returns the string representation 14033func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string { 14034 return s.String() 14035} 14036 14037// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 14038func (s *DomainMembership) SetDomain(v string) *DomainMembership { 14039 s.Domain = &v 14040 return s 14041} 14042 14043// SetFQDN sets the FQDN field's value. 14044func (s *DomainMembership) SetFQDN(v string) *DomainMembership { 14045 s.FQDN = &v 14046 return s 14047} 14048 14049// SetIAMRoleName sets the IAMRoleName field's value. 14050func (s *DomainMembership) SetIAMRoleName(v string) *DomainMembership { 14051 s.IAMRoleName = &v 14052 return s 14053} 14054 14055// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14056func (s *DomainMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DomainMembership { 14057 s.Status = &v 14058 return s 14059} 14060 14061// A range of double values. 14062type DoubleRange struct { 14063 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14064 14065 // The minimum value in the range. 14066 From *float64 `type:"double"` 14067 14068 // The maximum value in the range. 14069 To *float64 `type:"double"` 14070} 14071 14072// String returns the string representation 14073func (s DoubleRange) String() string { 14074 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14075} 14076 14077// GoString returns the string representation 14078func (s DoubleRange) GoString() string { 14079 return s.String() 14080} 14081 14082// SetFrom sets the From field's value. 14083func (s *DoubleRange) SetFrom(v float64) *DoubleRange { 14084 s.From = &v 14085 return s 14086} 14087 14088// SetTo sets the To field's value. 14089func (s *DoubleRange) SetTo(v float64) *DoubleRange { 14090 s.To = &v 14091 return s 14092} 14093 14094// Specifies a connection endpoint. 14095// 14096// For the data structure that represents Amazon Neptune DB cluster endpoints, 14097// see DBClusterEndpoint. 14098type Endpoint struct { 14099 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14100 14101 // Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. 14102 Address *string `type:"string"` 14103 14104 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 14105 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 14106 14107 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 14108 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 14109} 14110 14111// String returns the string representation 14112func (s Endpoint) String() string { 14113 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14114} 14115 14116// GoString returns the string representation 14117func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { 14118 return s.String() 14119} 14120 14121// SetAddress sets the Address field's value. 14122func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint { 14123 s.Address = &v 14124 return s 14125} 14126 14127// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 14128func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint { 14129 s.HostedZoneId = &v 14130 return s 14131} 14132 14133// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 14134func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint { 14135 s.Port = &v 14136 return s 14137} 14138 14139// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 14140// action. 14141type EngineDefaults struct { 14142 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14143 14144 // Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default 14145 // parameters apply to. 14146 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 14147 14148 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. 14149 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 14150 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 14151 Marker *string `type:"string"` 14152 14153 // Contains a list of engine default parameters. 14154 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 14155} 14156 14157// String returns the string representation 14158func (s EngineDefaults) String() string { 14159 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14160} 14161 14162// GoString returns the string representation 14163func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string { 14164 return s.String() 14165} 14166 14167// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 14168func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults { 14169 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 14170 return s 14171} 14172 14173// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 14174func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults { 14175 s.Marker = &v 14176 return s 14177} 14178 14179// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 14180func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults { 14181 s.Parameters = v 14182 return s 14183} 14184 14185// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action. 14186type Event struct { 14187 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14188 14189 // Specifies the date and time of the event. 14190 Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 14191 14192 // Specifies the category for the event. 14193 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 14194 14195 // Provides the text of this event. 14196 Message *string `type:"string"` 14197 14198 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. 14199 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 14200 14201 // Provides the identifier for the source of the event. 14202 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14203 14204 // Specifies the source type for this event. 14205 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 14206} 14207 14208// String returns the string representation 14209func (s Event) String() string { 14210 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14211} 14212 14213// GoString returns the string representation 14214func (s Event) GoString() string { 14215 return s.String() 14216} 14217 14218// SetDate sets the Date field's value. 14219func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event { 14220 s.Date = &v 14221 return s 14222} 14223 14224// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 14225func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event { 14226 s.EventCategories = v 14227 return s 14228} 14229 14230// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 14231func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event { 14232 s.Message = &v 14233 return s 14234} 14235 14236// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 14237func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event { 14238 s.SourceArn = &v 14239 return s 14240} 14241 14242// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 14243func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event { 14244 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 14245 return s 14246} 14247 14248// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 14249func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event { 14250 s.SourceType = &v 14251 return s 14252} 14253 14254// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories 14255// action. 14256type EventCategoriesMap struct { 14257 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14258 14259 // The event categories for the specified source type 14260 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 14261 14262 // The source type that the returned categories belong to 14263 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 14264} 14265 14266// String returns the string representation 14267func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string { 14268 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14269} 14270 14271// GoString returns the string representation 14272func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string { 14273 return s.String() 14274} 14275 14276// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 14277func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap { 14278 s.EventCategories = v 14279 return s 14280} 14281 14282// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 14283func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap { 14284 s.SourceType = &v 14285 return s 14286} 14287 14288// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 14289// action. 14290type EventSubscription struct { 14291 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14292 14293 // The event notification subscription Id. 14294 CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"` 14295 14296 // The AWS customer account associated with the event notification subscription. 14297 CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"` 14298 14299 // A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates 14300 // the subscription is enabled. 14301 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 14302 14303 // A list of event categories for the event notification subscription. 14304 EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 14305 14306 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. 14307 EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"` 14308 14309 // The topic ARN of the event notification subscription. 14310 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 14311 14312 // A list of source IDs for the event notification subscription. 14313 SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 14314 14315 // The source type for the event notification subscription. 14316 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 14317 14318 // The status of the event notification subscription. 14319 // 14320 // Constraints: 14321 // 14322 // Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission 14323 // | topic-not-exist 14324 // 14325 // The status "no-permission" indicates that Neptune no longer has permission 14326 // to post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the 14327 // topic was deleted after the subscription was created. 14328 Status *string `type:"string"` 14329 14330 // The time the event notification subscription was created. 14331 SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"` 14332} 14333 14334// String returns the string representation 14335func (s EventSubscription) String() string { 14336 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14337} 14338 14339// GoString returns the string representation 14340func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string { 14341 return s.String() 14342} 14343 14344// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value. 14345func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription { 14346 s.CustSubscriptionId = &v 14347 return s 14348} 14349 14350// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value. 14351func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription { 14352 s.CustomerAwsId = &v 14353 return s 14354} 14355 14356// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 14357func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription { 14358 s.Enabled = &v 14359 return s 14360} 14361 14362// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value. 14363func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 14364 s.EventCategoriesList = v 14365 return s 14366} 14367 14368// SetEventSubscriptionArn sets the EventSubscriptionArn field's value. 14369func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventSubscriptionArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 14370 s.EventSubscriptionArn = &v 14371 return s 14372} 14373 14374// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 14375func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 14376 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 14377 return s 14378} 14379 14380// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value. 14381func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 14382 s.SourceIdsList = v 14383 return s 14384} 14385 14386// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 14387func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription { 14388 s.SourceType = &v 14389 return s 14390} 14391 14392// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14393func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription { 14394 s.Status = &v 14395 return s 14396} 14397 14398// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value. 14399func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription { 14400 s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v 14401 return s 14402} 14403 14404type FailoverDBClusterInput struct { 14405 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14406 14407 // A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 14408 // 14409 // Constraints: 14410 // 14411 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 14412 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14413 14414 // The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance. 14415 // 14416 // You must specify the instance identifier for an Read Replica in the DB cluster. 14417 // For example, mydbcluster-replica1. 14418 TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14419} 14420 14421// String returns the string representation 14422func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string { 14423 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14424} 14425 14426// GoString returns the string representation 14427func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 14428 return s.String() 14429} 14430 14431// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 14432func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 14433 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 14434 return s 14435} 14436 14437// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 14438func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 14439 s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 14440 return s 14441} 14442 14443type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct { 14444 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14445 14446 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 14447 // 14448 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 14449 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 14450} 14451 14452// String returns the string representation 14453func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string { 14454 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14455} 14456 14457// GoString returns the string representation 14458func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 14459 return s.String() 14460} 14461 14462// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 14463func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput { 14464 s.DBCluster = v 14465 return s 14466} 14467 14468// This type is not currently supported. 14469type Filter struct { 14470 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14471 14472 // This parameter is not currently supported. 14473 // 14474 // Name is a required field 14475 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14476 14477 // This parameter is not currently supported. 14478 // 14479 // Values is a required field 14480 Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"` 14481} 14482 14483// String returns the string representation 14484func (s Filter) String() string { 14485 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14486} 14487 14488// GoString returns the string representation 14489func (s Filter) GoString() string { 14490 return s.String() 14491} 14492 14493// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14494func (s *Filter) Validate() error { 14495 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"} 14496 if s.Name == nil { 14497 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 14498 } 14499 if s.Values == nil { 14500 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values")) 14501 } 14502 14503 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14504 return invalidParams 14505 } 14506 return nil 14507} 14508 14509// SetName sets the Name field's value. 14510func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter { 14511 s.Name = &v 14512 return s 14513} 14514 14515// SetValues sets the Values field's value. 14516func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter { 14517 s.Values = v 14518 return s 14519} 14520 14521type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 14522 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14523 14524 // This parameter is not currently supported. 14525 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 14526 14527 // The Amazon Neptune resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon 14528 // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 14529 // an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 14530 // 14531 // ResourceName is a required field 14532 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14533} 14534 14535// String returns the string representation 14536func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 14537 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14538} 14539 14540// GoString returns the string representation 14541func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 14542 return s.String() 14543} 14544 14545// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14546func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 14547 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 14548 if s.ResourceName == nil { 14549 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 14550 } 14551 if s.Filters != nil { 14552 for i, v := range s.Filters { 14553 if v == nil { 14554 continue 14555 } 14556 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 14557 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 14558 } 14559 } 14560 } 14561 14562 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14563 return invalidParams 14564 } 14565 return nil 14566} 14567 14568// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 14569func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 14570 s.Filters = v 14571 return s 14572} 14573 14574// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 14575func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 14576 s.ResourceName = &v 14577 return s 14578} 14579 14580type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 14581 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14582 14583 // List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. 14584 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 14585} 14586 14587// String returns the string representation 14588func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 14589 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14590} 14591 14592// GoString returns the string representation 14593func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 14594 return s.String() 14595} 14596 14597// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 14598func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 14599 s.TagList = v 14600 return s 14601} 14602 14603type ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput struct { 14604 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14605 14606 // The identifier of the endpoint to modify. This parameter is stored as a lowercase 14607 // string. 14608 // 14609 // DBClusterEndpointIdentifier is a required field 14610 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14611 14612 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 14613 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 14614 14615 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 14616 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 14617 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 14618 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 14619 14620 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 14621 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 14622} 14623 14624// String returns the string representation 14625func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) String() string { 14626 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14627} 14628 14629// GoString returns the string representation 14630func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) GoString() string { 14631 return s.String() 14632} 14633 14634// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14635func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) Validate() error { 14636 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput"} 14637 if s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier == nil { 14638 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterEndpointIdentifier")) 14639 } 14640 14641 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14642 return invalidParams 14643 } 14644 return nil 14645} 14646 14647// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 14648func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput { 14649 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 14650 return s 14651} 14652 14653// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 14654func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput { 14655 s.EndpointType = &v 14656 return s 14657} 14658 14659// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 14660func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput { 14661 s.ExcludedMembers = v 14662 return s 14663} 14664 14665// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 14666func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointInput { 14667 s.StaticMembers = v 14668 return s 14669} 14670 14671// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon 14672// Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following 14673// actions: 14674// 14675// * CreateDBClusterEndpoint 14676// 14677// * DescribeDBClusterEndpoints 14678// 14679// * ModifyDBClusterEndpoint 14680// 14681// * DeleteDBClusterEndpoint 14682// 14683// For the data structure that represents Amazon RDS DB instance endpoints, 14684// see Endpoint. 14685type ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput struct { 14686 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14687 14688 // The type associated with a custom endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, ANY. 14689 CustomEndpointType *string `type:"string"` 14690 14691 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the endpoint. 14692 DBClusterEndpointArn *string `type:"string"` 14693 14694 // The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as 14695 // a lowercase string. 14696 DBClusterEndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14697 14698 // A unique system-generated identifier for an endpoint. It remains the same 14699 // for the whole life of the endpoint. 14700 DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14701 14702 // The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster associated with the endpoint. 14703 // This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 14704 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14705 14706 // The DNS address of the endpoint. 14707 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 14708 14709 // The type of the endpoint. One of: READER, WRITER, CUSTOM. 14710 EndpointType *string `type:"string"` 14711 14712 // List of DB instance identifiers that aren't part of the custom endpoint group. 14713 // All other eligible instances are reachable through the custom endpoint. Only 14714 // relevant if the list of static members is empty. 14715 ExcludedMembers []*string `type:"list"` 14716 14717 // List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group. 14718 StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"` 14719 14720 // The current status of the endpoint. One of: creating, available, deleting, 14721 // inactive, modifying. The inactive state applies to an endpoint that cannot 14722 // be used for a certain kind of cluster, such as a writer endpoint for a read-only 14723 // secondary cluster in a global database. 14724 Status *string `type:"string"` 14725} 14726 14727// String returns the string representation 14728func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) String() string { 14729 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14730} 14731 14732// GoString returns the string representation 14733func (s ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) GoString() string { 14734 return s.String() 14735} 14736 14737// SetCustomEndpointType sets the CustomEndpointType field's value. 14738func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetCustomEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14739 s.CustomEndpointType = &v 14740 return s 14741} 14742 14743// SetDBClusterEndpointArn sets the DBClusterEndpointArn field's value. 14744func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointArn(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14745 s.DBClusterEndpointArn = &v 14746 return s 14747} 14748 14749// SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointIdentifier field's value. 14750func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14751 s.DBClusterEndpointIdentifier = &v 14752 return s 14753} 14754 14755// SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier sets the DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier field's value. 14756func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14757 s.DBClusterEndpointResourceIdentifier = &v 14758 return s 14759} 14760 14761// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 14762func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14763 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 14764 return s 14765} 14766 14767// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 14768func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14769 s.Endpoint = &v 14770 return s 14771} 14772 14773// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value. 14774func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetEndpointType(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14775 s.EndpointType = &v 14776 return s 14777} 14778 14779// SetExcludedMembers sets the ExcludedMembers field's value. 14780func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetExcludedMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14781 s.ExcludedMembers = v 14782 return s 14783} 14784 14785// SetStaticMembers sets the StaticMembers field's value. 14786func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14787 s.StaticMembers = v 14788 return s 14789} 14790 14791// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14792func (s *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *ModifyDBClusterEndpointOutput { 14793 s.Status = &v 14794 return s 14795} 14796 14797type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { 14798 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14799 14800 // A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any 14801 // pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless 14802 // of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter 14803 // is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance 14804 // window. 14805 // 14806 // The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and 14807 // MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value 14808 // to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword 14809 // values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes 14810 // are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately 14811 // parameter. 14812 // 14813 // Default: false 14814 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 14815 14816 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 14817 // a minimum value of 1. 14818 // 14819 // Default: 1 14820 // 14821 // Constraints: 14822 // 14823 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 14824 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 14825 14826 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 14827 // Logs for a specific DB cluster. 14828 CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` 14829 14830 // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter 14831 // is not case-sensitive. 14832 // 14833 // Constraints: 14834 // 14835 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 14836 // 14837 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 14838 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 14839 14840 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. 14841 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14842 14843 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 14844 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 14845 // deletion protection is disabled. 14846 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 14847 14848 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 14849 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 14850 // 14851 // Default: false 14852 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 14853 14854 // The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing 14855 // this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next 14856 // maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true. 14857 // 14858 // For a list of valid engine versions, see Engine Releases for Amazon Neptune 14859 // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/engine-releases.html), 14860 // or call DescribeDBEngineVersions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/api-other-apis.html#DescribeDBEngineVersions). 14861 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 14862 14863 // The new password for the master database user. This password can contain 14864 // any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 14865 // 14866 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 14867 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 14868 14869 // The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. 14870 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 14871 // 14872 // Constraints: 14873 // 14874 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 14875 // 14876 // * The first character must be a letter 14877 // 14878 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 14879 // 14880 // Example: my-cluster2 14881 NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14882 14883 // (Not supported by Neptune) 14884 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14885 14886 // The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. 14887 // 14888 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 14889 // 14890 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 14891 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 14892 14893 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 14894 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 14895 // 14896 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 14897 // of time for each AWS Region. 14898 // 14899 // Constraints: 14900 // 14901 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 14902 // 14903 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 14904 // 14905 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 14906 // 14907 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 14908 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 14909 14910 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 14911 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 14912 // 14913 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 14914 // 14915 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 14916 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. 14917 // 14918 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 14919 // 14920 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 14921 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 14922 14923 // A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. 14924 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 14925} 14926 14927// String returns the string representation 14928func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string { 14929 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14930} 14931 14932// GoString returns the string representation 14933func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 14934 return s.String() 14935} 14936 14937// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14938func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 14939 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"} 14940 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 14941 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 14942 } 14943 14944 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14945 return invalidParams 14946 } 14947 return nil 14948} 14949 14950// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 14951func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 14952 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 14953 return s 14954} 14955 14956// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 14957func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 14958 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 14959 return s 14960} 14961 14962// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value. 14963func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 14964 s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v 14965 return s 14966} 14967 14968// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 14969func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 14970 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 14971 return s 14972} 14973 14974// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 14975func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 14976 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 14977 return s 14978} 14979 14980// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 14981func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 14982 s.DeletionProtection = &v 14983 return s 14984} 14985 14986// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 14987func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 14988 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 14989 return s 14990} 14991 14992// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 14993func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 14994 s.EngineVersion = &v 14995 return s 14996} 14997 14998// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 14999func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 15000 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 15001 return s 15002} 15003 15004// SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 15005func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 15006 s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v 15007 return s 15008} 15009 15010// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 15011func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 15012 s.OptionGroupName = &v 15013 return s 15014} 15015 15016// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 15017func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 15018 s.Port = &v 15019 return s 15020} 15021 15022// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 15023func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 15024 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 15025 return s 15026} 15027 15028// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 15029func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 15030 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 15031 return s 15032} 15033 15034// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 15035func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 15036 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 15037 return s 15038} 15039 15040type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct { 15041 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15042 15043 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 15044 // 15045 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 15046 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 15047} 15048 15049// String returns the string representation 15050func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string { 15051 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15052} 15053 15054// GoString returns the string representation 15055func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 15056 return s.String() 15057} 15058 15059// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 15060func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput { 15061 s.DBCluster = v 15062 return s 15063} 15064 15065type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 15066 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15067 15068 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 15069 // 15070 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 15071 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15072 15073 // A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 15074 // 15075 // Parameters is a required field 15076 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 15077} 15078 15079// String returns the string representation 15080func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 15081 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15082} 15083 15084// GoString returns the string representation 15085func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 15086 return s.String() 15087} 15088 15089// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15090func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 15091 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 15092 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 15093 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 15094 } 15095 if s.Parameters == nil { 15096 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 15097 } 15098 15099 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15100 return invalidParams 15101 } 15102 return nil 15103} 15104 15105// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 15106func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 15107 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 15108 return s 15109} 15110 15111// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 15112func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 15113 s.Parameters = v 15114 return s 15115} 15116 15117type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { 15118 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15119 15120 // The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. 15121 // 15122 // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 15123 // DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore. 15124 // 15125 // AttributeName is a required field 15126 AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15127 15128 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for. 15129 // 15130 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 15131 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15132 15133 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified 15134 // by AttributeName. 15135 // 15136 // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, 15137 // set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the 15138 // manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the 15139 // all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information 15140 // that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. 15141 ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 15142 15143 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified 15144 // by AttributeName. 15145 // 15146 // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 15147 // DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, 15148 // or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the 15149 // DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID 15150 // is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a 15151 // manual DB cluster snapshot. 15152 ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 15153} 15154 15155// String returns the string representation 15156func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { 15157 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15158} 15159 15160// GoString returns the string representation 15161func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { 15162 return s.String() 15163} 15164 15165// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15166func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { 15167 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"} 15168 if s.AttributeName == nil { 15169 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) 15170 } 15171 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 15172 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 15173 } 15174 15175 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15176 return invalidParams 15177 } 15178 return nil 15179} 15180 15181// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 15182func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 15183 s.AttributeName = &v 15184 return s 15185} 15186 15187// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 15188func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 15189 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 15190 return s 15191} 15192 15193// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. 15194func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 15195 s.ValuesToAdd = v 15196 return s 15197} 15198 15199// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. 15200func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 15201 s.ValuesToRemove = v 15202 return s 15203} 15204 15205type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { 15206 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15207 15208 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 15209 // API action. 15210 // 15211 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 15212 // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 15213 // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 15214 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 15215} 15216 15217// String returns the string representation 15218func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { 15219 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15220} 15221 15222// GoString returns the string representation 15223func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { 15224 return s.String() 15225} 15226 15227// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 15228func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput { 15229 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 15230 return s 15231} 15232 15233type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { 15234 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15235 15236 // The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. 15237 // 15238 // Not applicable. Storage is managed by the DB Cluster. 15239 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 15240 15241 // Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter 15242 // doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon 15243 // as possible. 15244 AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 15245 15246 // Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications 15247 // are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow 15248 // setting for the DB instance. 15249 // 15250 // If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied 15251 // during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage 15252 // and are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure 15253 // reboot. 15254 // 15255 // Default: false 15256 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 15257 15258 // Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 15259 // instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter doesn't result 15260 // in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously 15261 // applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set 15262 // to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, 15263 // and Neptune has enabled auto patching for that engine version. 15264 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 15265 15266 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 15267 // the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 15268 // 15269 // Default: Uses existing setting 15270 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 15271 15272 // Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. 15273 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15274 15275 // The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch 15276 // Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. 15277 CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` 15278 15279 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 15280 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 15281 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 15282 15283 // The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 15284 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions. 15285 // 15286 // If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. 15287 // The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately 15288 // is specified as true for this request. 15289 // 15290 // Default: Uses existing setting 15291 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 15292 15293 // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 15294 // 15295 // Constraints: 15296 // 15297 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 15298 // 15299 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 15300 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15301 15302 // The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing 15303 // this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself 15304 // is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied 15305 // until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT 15306 // be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during 15307 // the next maintenance window. 15308 // 15309 // Default: Uses existing setting 15310 // 15311 // Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group 15312 // family as this DB instance. 15313 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15314 15315 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 15316 // 15317 // The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values 15318 // specified for options in the option group for the DB instance. 15319 // 15320 // Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless 15321 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 15322 // 15323 // Default: 8182 15324 DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` 15325 15326 // A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this 15327 // setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied 15328 // as soon as possible. 15329 // 15330 // Constraints: 15331 // 15332 // * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. 15333 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 15334 15335 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to 15336 // move your DB instance to a different VPC. 15337 // 15338 // Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change 15339 // is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for 15340 // the ApplyImmediately parameter. 15341 // 15342 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 15343 // 15344 // Example: mySubnetGroup 15345 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15346 15347 // A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. 15348 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 15349 // deletion protection is disabled. See Deleting a DB Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/manage-console-instances-delete.html). 15350 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 15351 15352 // Not supported. 15353 Domain *string `type:"string"` 15354 15355 // Not supported 15356 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 15357 15358 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 15359 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 15360 // 15361 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 15362 // 15363 // Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed 15364 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 15365 // 15366 // Default: false 15367 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 15368 15369 // (Not supported by Neptune) 15370 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 15371 15372 // The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Currently, setting 15373 // this parameter has no effect. To upgrade your database engine to the most 15374 // recent release, use the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API. 15375 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 15376 15377 // The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the instance. 15378 // 15379 // Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied 15380 // during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter 15381 // is set to true for this request. 15382 // 15383 // Default: Uses existing setting 15384 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 15385 15386 // Not supported. 15387 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 15388 15389 // Not applicable. 15390 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 15391 15392 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 15393 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 15394 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 15395 // 15396 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 15397 // to a value other than 0. 15398 // 15399 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 15400 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 15401 15402 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits Neptune to send enhanced monitoring 15403 // metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 15404 // 15405 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 15406 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 15407 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 15408 15409 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter 15410 // doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance 15411 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. 15412 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 15413 15414 // The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. 15415 // When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur 15416 // immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the 15417 // next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored 15418 // as a lowercase string. 15419 // 15420 // Constraints: 15421 // 15422 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 15423 // 15424 // * The first character must be a letter. 15425 // 15426 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 15427 // 15428 // Example: mydbinstance 15429 NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15430 15431 // (Not supported by Neptune) 15432 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15433 15434 // (Not supported by Neptune) 15435 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 15436 15437 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 15438 // backups are enabled. 15439 // 15440 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 15441 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 15442 // 15443 // Constraints: 15444 // 15445 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi 15446 // 15447 // * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) 15448 // 15449 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window 15450 // 15451 // * Must be at least 30 minutes 15452 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 15453 15454 // The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, 15455 // which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in 15456 // an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously 15457 // applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, 15458 // and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing 15459 // this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window 15460 // to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current 15461 // time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. 15462 // 15463 // Default: Uses existing setting 15464 // 15465 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 15466 // 15467 // Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun 15468 // 15469 // Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes 15470 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 15471 15472 // A value that specifies the order in which a Read Replica is promoted to the 15473 // primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. 15474 // 15475 // Default: 1 15476 // 15477 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 15478 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 15479 15480 // This flag should no longer be used. 15481 // 15482 // Deprecated: PubliclyAccessible has been deprecated 15483 PubliclyAccessible *bool `deprecated:"true" type:"boolean"` 15484 15485 // Not supported. 15486 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 15487 15488 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 15489 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 15490 15491 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 15492 // device. 15493 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 15494 15495 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This 15496 // change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. 15497 // 15498 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 15499 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 15500 // 15501 // Constraints: 15502 // 15503 // * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds. 15504 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 15505} 15506 15507// String returns the string representation 15508func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string { 15509 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15510} 15511 15512// GoString returns the string representation 15513func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 15514 return s.String() 15515} 15516 15517// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15518func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 15519 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"} 15520 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 15521 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 15522 } 15523 15524 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15525 return invalidParams 15526 } 15527 return nil 15528} 15529 15530// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 15531func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15532 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 15533 return s 15534} 15535 15536// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 15537func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15538 s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 15539 return s 15540} 15541 15542// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 15543func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15544 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 15545 return s 15546} 15547 15548// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 15549func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15550 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 15551 return s 15552} 15553 15554// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 15555func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15556 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 15557 return s 15558} 15559 15560// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 15561func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15562 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 15563 return s 15564} 15565 15566// SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration sets the CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration field's value. 15567func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15568 s.CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = v 15569 return s 15570} 15571 15572// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 15573func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15574 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 15575 return s 15576} 15577 15578// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 15579func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15580 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 15581 return s 15582} 15583 15584// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15585func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15586 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15587 return s 15588} 15589 15590// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 15591func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15592 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 15593 return s 15594} 15595 15596// SetDBPortNumber sets the DBPortNumber field's value. 15597func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBPortNumber(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15598 s.DBPortNumber = &v 15599 return s 15600} 15601 15602// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 15603func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15604 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 15605 return s 15606} 15607 15608// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 15609func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15610 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 15611 return s 15612} 15613 15614// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 15615func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15616 s.DeletionProtection = &v 15617 return s 15618} 15619 15620// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 15621func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15622 s.Domain = &v 15623 return s 15624} 15625 15626// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 15627func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15628 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 15629 return s 15630} 15631 15632// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 15633func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15634 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 15635 return s 15636} 15637 15638// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 15639func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15640 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 15641 return s 15642} 15643 15644// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 15645func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15646 s.EngineVersion = &v 15647 return s 15648} 15649 15650// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 15651func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15652 s.Iops = &v 15653 return s 15654} 15655 15656// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 15657func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15658 s.LicenseModel = &v 15659 return s 15660} 15661 15662// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 15663func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15664 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 15665 return s 15666} 15667 15668// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 15669func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15670 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 15671 return s 15672} 15673 15674// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 15675func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15676 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 15677 return s 15678} 15679 15680// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 15681func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15682 s.MultiAZ = &v 15683 return s 15684} 15685 15686// SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15687func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15688 s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15689 return s 15690} 15691 15692// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 15693func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15694 s.OptionGroupName = &v 15695 return s 15696} 15697 15698// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 15699func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15700 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 15701 return s 15702} 15703 15704// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 15705func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15706 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 15707 return s 15708} 15709 15710// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 15711func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15712 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 15713 return s 15714} 15715 15716// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 15717func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15718 s.PromotionTier = &v 15719 return s 15720} 15721 15722// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 15723func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15724 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 15725 return s 15726} 15727 15728// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 15729func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15730 s.StorageType = &v 15731 return s 15732} 15733 15734// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 15735func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15736 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 15737 return s 15738} 15739 15740// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 15741func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15742 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 15743 return s 15744} 15745 15746// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 15747func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 15748 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 15749 return s 15750} 15751 15752type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct { 15753 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15754 15755 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 15756 // 15757 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 15758 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 15759} 15760 15761// String returns the string representation 15762func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 15763 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15764} 15765 15766// GoString returns the string representation 15767func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 15768 return s.String() 15769} 15770 15771// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 15772func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput { 15773 s.DBInstance = v 15774 return s 15775} 15776 15777type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 15778 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15779 15780 // The name of the DB parameter group. 15781 // 15782 // Constraints: 15783 // 15784 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 15785 // 15786 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 15787 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15788 15789 // An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter 15790 // update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied; 15791 // subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified 15792 // in a single request. 15793 // 15794 // Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot 15795 // 15796 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 15797 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 15798 // are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover. 15799 // 15800 // Parameters is a required field 15801 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 15802} 15803 15804// String returns the string representation 15805func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 15806 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15807} 15808 15809// GoString returns the string representation 15810func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 15811 return s.String() 15812} 15813 15814// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15815func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 15816 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"} 15817 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 15818 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 15819 } 15820 if s.Parameters == nil { 15821 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 15822 } 15823 15824 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15825 return invalidParams 15826 } 15827 return nil 15828} 15829 15830// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 15831func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 15832 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 15833 return s 15834} 15835 15836// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 15837func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 15838 s.Parameters = v 15839 return s 15840} 15841 15842type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 15843 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15844 15845 // The description for the DB subnet group. 15846 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 15847 15848 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 15849 // You can't modify the default subnet group. 15850 // 15851 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 15852 // default. 15853 // 15854 // Example: mySubnetgroup 15855 // 15856 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 15857 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15858 15859 // The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 15860 // 15861 // SubnetIds is a required field 15862 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 15863} 15864 15865// String returns the string representation 15866func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 15867 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15868} 15869 15870// GoString returns the string representation 15871func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 15872 return s.String() 15873} 15874 15875// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15876func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 15877 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"} 15878 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 15879 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 15880 } 15881 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 15882 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 15883 } 15884 15885 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15886 return invalidParams 15887 } 15888 return nil 15889} 15890 15891// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 15892func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 15893 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 15894 return s 15895} 15896 15897// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 15898func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 15899 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 15900 return s 15901} 15902 15903// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 15904func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 15905 s.SubnetIds = v 15906 return s 15907} 15908 15909type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 15910 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15911 15912 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB subnet group. 15913 // 15914 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 15915 // action. 15916 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 15917} 15918 15919// String returns the string representation 15920func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 15921 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15922} 15923 15924// GoString returns the string representation 15925func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 15926 return s.String() 15927} 15928 15929// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 15930func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput { 15931 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 15932 return s 15933} 15934 15935type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct { 15936 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15937 15938 // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription. 15939 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 15940 15941 // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. 15942 // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType by using the 15943 // DescribeEventCategories action. 15944 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 15945 15946 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 15947 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 15948 // it. 15949 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 15950 15951 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 15952 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 15953 // to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. 15954 // 15955 // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot 15956 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 15957 15958 // The name of the event notification subscription. 15959 // 15960 // SubscriptionName is a required field 15961 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 15962} 15963 15964// String returns the string representation 15965func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 15966 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15967} 15968 15969// GoString returns the string representation 15970func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 15971 return s.String() 15972} 15973 15974// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15975func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 15976 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"} 15977 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 15978 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 15979 } 15980 15981 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15982 return invalidParams 15983 } 15984 return nil 15985} 15986 15987// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 15988func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 15989 s.Enabled = &v 15990 return s 15991} 15992 15993// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 15994func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 15995 s.EventCategories = v 15996 return s 15997} 15998 15999// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 16000func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 16001 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 16002 return s 16003} 16004 16005// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 16006func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 16007 s.SourceType = &v 16008 return s 16009} 16010 16011// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 16012func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 16013 s.SubscriptionName = &v 16014 return s 16015} 16016 16017type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 16018 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16019 16020 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 16021 // action. 16022 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 16023} 16024 16025// String returns the string representation 16026func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 16027 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16028} 16029 16030// GoString returns the string representation 16031func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 16032 return s.String() 16033} 16034 16035// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 16036func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput { 16037 s.EventSubscription = v 16038 return s 16039} 16040 16041// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. 16042type OptionGroupMembership struct { 16043 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16044 16045 // The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. 16046 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16047 16048 // The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: 16049 // in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, 16050 // applying, removing, and failed. 16051 Status *string `type:"string"` 16052} 16053 16054// String returns the string representation 16055func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string { 16056 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16057} 16058 16059// GoString returns the string representation 16060func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string { 16061 return s.String() 16062} 16063 16064// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 16065func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 16066 s.OptionGroupName = &v 16067 return s 16068} 16069 16070// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 16071func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 16072 s.Status = &v 16073 return s 16074} 16075 16076// Contains a list of available options for a DB instance. 16077// 16078// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 16079// action. 16080type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct { 16081 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16082 16083 // A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. 16084 AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 16085 16086 // The DB instance class for a DB instance. 16087 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 16088 16089 // The engine type of a DB instance. 16090 Engine *string `type:"string"` 16091 16092 // The engine version of a DB instance. 16093 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 16094 16095 // The license model for a DB instance. 16096 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 16097 16098 // Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 16099 MaxIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 16100 16101 // Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 16102 MaxIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 16103 16104 // Maximum storage size for a DB instance. 16105 MaxStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 16106 16107 // Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 16108 MinIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 16109 16110 // Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 16111 MinIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 16112 16113 // Minimum storage size for a DB instance. 16114 MinStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 16115 16116 // Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. 16117 MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 16118 16119 // Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica. 16120 ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 16121 16122 // Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. 16123 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 16124 16125 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals 16126 // from 1 to 60 seconds. 16127 SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"` 16128 16129 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. 16130 SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 16131 16132 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. 16133 SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"` 16134 16135 // (Not supported by Neptune) 16136 SupportsPerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 16137 16138 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. 16139 SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"` 16140 16141 // Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. 16142 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 16143} 16144 16145// String returns the string representation 16146func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string { 16147 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16148} 16149 16150// GoString returns the string representation 16151func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string { 16152 return s.String() 16153} 16154 16155// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 16156func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16157 s.AvailabilityZones = v 16158 return s 16159} 16160 16161// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 16162func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16163 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 16164 return s 16165} 16166 16167// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 16168func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16169 s.Engine = &v 16170 return s 16171} 16172 16173// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 16174func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16175 s.EngineVersion = &v 16176 return s 16177} 16178 16179// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 16180func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16181 s.LicenseModel = &v 16182 return s 16183} 16184 16185// SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance sets the MaxIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 16186func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16187 s.MaxIopsPerDbInstance = &v 16188 return s 16189} 16190 16191// SetMaxIopsPerGib sets the MaxIopsPerGib field's value. 16192func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16193 s.MaxIopsPerGib = &v 16194 return s 16195} 16196 16197// SetMaxStorageSize sets the MaxStorageSize field's value. 16198func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16199 s.MaxStorageSize = &v 16200 return s 16201} 16202 16203// SetMinIopsPerDbInstance sets the MinIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 16204func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16205 s.MinIopsPerDbInstance = &v 16206 return s 16207} 16208 16209// SetMinIopsPerGib sets the MinIopsPerGib field's value. 16210func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16211 s.MinIopsPerGib = &v 16212 return s 16213} 16214 16215// SetMinStorageSize sets the MinStorageSize field's value. 16216func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16217 s.MinStorageSize = &v 16218 return s 16219} 16220 16221// SetMultiAZCapable sets the MultiAZCapable field's value. 16222func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMultiAZCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16223 s.MultiAZCapable = &v 16224 return s 16225} 16226 16227// SetReadReplicaCapable sets the ReadReplicaCapable field's value. 16228func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetReadReplicaCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16229 s.ReadReplicaCapable = &v 16230 return s 16231} 16232 16233// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 16234func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16235 s.StorageType = &v 16236 return s 16237} 16238 16239// SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring sets the SupportsEnhancedMonitoring field's value. 16240func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16241 s.SupportsEnhancedMonitoring = &v 16242 return s 16243} 16244 16245// SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 16246func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16247 s.SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 16248 return s 16249} 16250 16251// SetSupportsIops sets the SupportsIops field's value. 16252func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIops(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16253 s.SupportsIops = &v 16254 return s 16255} 16256 16257// SetSupportsPerformanceInsights sets the SupportsPerformanceInsights field's value. 16258func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsPerformanceInsights(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16259 s.SupportsPerformanceInsights = &v 16260 return s 16261} 16262 16263// SetSupportsStorageEncryption sets the SupportsStorageEncryption field's value. 16264func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageEncryption(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16265 s.SupportsStorageEncryption = &v 16266 return s 16267} 16268 16269// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 16270func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 16271 s.Vpc = &v 16272 return s 16273} 16274 16275// Specifies a parameter. 16276type Parameter struct { 16277 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16278 16279 // Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. 16280 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 16281 16282 // Indicates when to apply parameter updates. 16283 ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"` 16284 16285 // Specifies the engine specific parameters type. 16286 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 16287 16288 // Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. 16289 DataType *string `type:"string"` 16290 16291 // Provides a description of the parameter. 16292 Description *string `type:"string"` 16293 16294 // Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some 16295 // parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from 16296 // being changed. 16297 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 16298 16299 // The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. 16300 MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 16301 16302 // Specifies the name of the parameter. 16303 ParameterName *string `type:"string"` 16304 16305 // Specifies the value of the parameter. 16306 ParameterValue *string `type:"string"` 16307 16308 // Indicates the source of the parameter value. 16309 Source *string `type:"string"` 16310} 16311 16312// String returns the string representation 16313func (s Parameter) String() string { 16314 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16315} 16316 16317// GoString returns the string representation 16318func (s Parameter) GoString() string { 16319 return s.String() 16320} 16321 16322// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 16323func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter { 16324 s.AllowedValues = &v 16325 return s 16326} 16327 16328// SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value. 16329func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter { 16330 s.ApplyMethod = &v 16331 return s 16332} 16333 16334// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 16335func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter { 16336 s.ApplyType = &v 16337 return s 16338} 16339 16340// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. 16341func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter { 16342 s.DataType = &v 16343 return s 16344} 16345 16346// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 16347func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter { 16348 s.Description = &v 16349 return s 16350} 16351 16352// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 16353func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter { 16354 s.IsModifiable = &v 16355 return s 16356} 16357 16358// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value. 16359func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter { 16360 s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v 16361 return s 16362} 16363 16364// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value. 16365func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter { 16366 s.ParameterName = &v 16367 return s 16368} 16369 16370// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value. 16371func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter { 16372 s.ParameterValue = &v 16373 return s 16374} 16375 16376// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 16377func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter { 16378 s.Source = &v 16379 return s 16380} 16381 16382// A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, 16383// these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. 16384type PendingCloudwatchLogsExports struct { 16385 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16386 16387 // Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled, 16388 // these log types are exported to CloudWatch Logs. 16389 LogTypesToDisable []*string `type:"list"` 16390 16391 // Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated, 16392 // these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. 16393 LogTypesToEnable []*string `type:"list"` 16394} 16395 16396// String returns the string representation 16397func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) String() string { 16398 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16399} 16400 16401// GoString returns the string representation 16402func (s PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) GoString() string { 16403 return s.String() 16404} 16405 16406// SetLogTypesToDisable sets the LogTypesToDisable field's value. 16407func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToDisable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports { 16408 s.LogTypesToDisable = v 16409 return s 16410} 16411 16412// SetLogTypesToEnable sets the LogTypesToEnable field's value. 16413func (s *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) SetLogTypesToEnable(v []*string) *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports { 16414 s.LogTypesToEnable = v 16415 return s 16416} 16417 16418// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. 16419type PendingMaintenanceAction struct { 16420 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16421 16422 // The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. 16423 Action *string `type:"string"` 16424 16425 // The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance 16426 // action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after 16427 // this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests 16428 // are ignored. 16429 AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16430 16431 // The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the 16432 // resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 16433 // ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the ForcedApplyDate. 16434 // This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing 16435 // has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate. 16436 CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16437 16438 // A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. 16439 Description *string `type:"string"` 16440 16441 // The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance 16442 // action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance 16443 // window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in 16444 // requests are ignored. 16445 ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 16446 16447 // Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. 16448 OptInStatus *string `type:"string"` 16449} 16450 16451// String returns the string representation 16452func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string { 16453 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16454} 16455 16456// GoString returns the string representation 16457func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string { 16458 return s.String() 16459} 16460 16461// SetAction sets the Action field's value. 16462func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 16463 s.Action = &v 16464 return s 16465} 16466 16467// SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value. 16468func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 16469 s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v 16470 return s 16471} 16472 16473// SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value. 16474func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 16475 s.CurrentApplyDate = &v 16476 return s 16477} 16478 16479// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 16480func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 16481 s.Description = &v 16482 return s 16483} 16484 16485// SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value. 16486func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 16487 s.ForcedApplyDate = &v 16488 return s 16489} 16490 16491// SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value. 16492func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 16493 s.OptInStatus = &v 16494 return s 16495} 16496 16497// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action. 16498type PendingModifiedValues struct { 16499 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16500 16501 // Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied 16502 // or is currently being applied. 16503 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 16504 16505 // Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. 16506 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 16507 16508 // Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. 16509 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16510 16511 // Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied 16512 // or is currently being applied. 16513 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 16514 16515 // Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied 16516 // or is currently being applied. 16517 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16518 16519 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. 16520 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16521 16522 // Indicates the database engine version. 16523 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 16524 16525 // Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be 16526 // applied or is currently being applied. 16527 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 16528 16529 // The license model for the DB instance. 16530 // 16531 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 16532 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 16533 16534 // Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials 16535 // for the DB instance. 16536 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 16537 16538 // Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. 16539 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 16540 16541 // This PendingCloudwatchLogsExports structure specifies pending changes to 16542 // which CloudWatch logs are enabled and which are disabled. 16543 PendingCloudwatchLogsExports *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports `type:"structure"` 16544 16545 // Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. 16546 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 16547 16548 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 16549 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 16550} 16551 16552// String returns the string representation 16553func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string { 16554 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16555} 16556 16557// GoString returns the string representation 16558func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { 16559 return s.String() 16560} 16561 16562// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 16563func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 16564 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 16565 return s 16566} 16567 16568// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 16569func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 16570 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 16571 return s 16572} 16573 16574// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 16575func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 16576 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 16577 return s 16578} 16579 16580// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 16581func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 16582 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 16583 return s 16584} 16585 16586// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 16587func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 16588 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 16589 return s 16590} 16591 16592// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 16593func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 16594 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 16595 return s 16596} 16597 16598// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 16599func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 16600 s.EngineVersion = &v 16601 return s 16602} 16603 16604// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 16605func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 16606 s.Iops = &v 16607 return s 16608} 16609 16610// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 16611func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 16612 s.LicenseModel = &v 16613 return s 16614} 16615 16616// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 16617func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 16618 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 16619 return s 16620} 16621 16622// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 16623func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues { 16624 s.MultiAZ = &v 16625 return s 16626} 16627 16628// SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports sets the PendingCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 16629func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPendingCloudwatchLogsExports(v *PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) *PendingModifiedValues { 16630 s.PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = v 16631 return s 16632} 16633 16634// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 16635func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 16636 s.Port = &v 16637 return s 16638} 16639 16640// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 16641func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 16642 s.StorageType = &v 16643 return s 16644} 16645 16646type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct { 16647 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16648 16649 // Not supported. 16650 // 16651 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16652 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16653} 16654 16655// String returns the string representation 16656func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string { 16657 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16658} 16659 16660// GoString returns the string representation 16661func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 16662 return s.String() 16663} 16664 16665// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16666func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 16667 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"} 16668 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16669 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 16670 } 16671 16672 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16673 return invalidParams 16674 } 16675 return nil 16676} 16677 16678// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16679func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput { 16680 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16681 return s 16682} 16683 16684type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct { 16685 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16686 16687 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 16688 // 16689 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 16690 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 16691} 16692 16693// String returns the string representation 16694func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string { 16695 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16696} 16697 16698// GoString returns the string representation 16699func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 16700 return s.String() 16701} 16702 16703// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 16704func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput { 16705 s.DBCluster = v 16706 return s 16707} 16708 16709// A range of integer values. 16710type Range struct { 16711 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16712 16713 // The minimum value in the range. 16714 From *int64 `type:"integer"` 16715 16716 // The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 16717 // 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step 16718 // up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value 16719 // for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... 16720 Step *int64 `type:"integer"` 16721 16722 // The maximum value in the range. 16723 To *int64 `type:"integer"` 16724} 16725 16726// String returns the string representation 16727func (s Range) String() string { 16728 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16729} 16730 16731// GoString returns the string representation 16732func (s Range) GoString() string { 16733 return s.String() 16734} 16735 16736// SetFrom sets the From field's value. 16737func (s *Range) SetFrom(v int64) *Range { 16738 s.From = &v 16739 return s 16740} 16741 16742// SetStep sets the Step field's value. 16743func (s *Range) SetStep(v int64) *Range { 16744 s.Step = &v 16745 return s 16746} 16747 16748// SetTo sets the To field's value. 16749func (s *Range) SetTo(v int64) *Range { 16750 s.To = &v 16751 return s 16752} 16753 16754type RebootDBInstanceInput struct { 16755 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16756 16757 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 16758 // 16759 // Constraints: 16760 // 16761 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 16762 // 16763 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 16764 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16765 16766 // When true, the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover. 16767 // 16768 // Constraint: You can't specify true if the instance is not configured for 16769 // MultiAZ. 16770 ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"` 16771} 16772 16773// String returns the string representation 16774func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string { 16775 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16776} 16777 16778// GoString returns the string representation 16779func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 16780 return s.String() 16781} 16782 16783// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16784func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 16785 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"} 16786 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 16787 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 16788 } 16789 16790 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16791 return invalidParams 16792 } 16793 return nil 16794} 16795 16796// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 16797func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 16798 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 16799 return s 16800} 16801 16802// SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value. 16803func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 16804 s.ForceFailover = &v 16805 return s 16806} 16807 16808type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct { 16809 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16810 16811 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB instance. 16812 // 16813 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 16814 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 16815} 16816 16817// String returns the string representation 16818func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 16819 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16820} 16821 16822// GoString returns the string representation 16823func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 16824 return s.String() 16825} 16826 16827// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 16828func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput { 16829 s.DBInstance = v 16830 return s 16831} 16832 16833type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct { 16834 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16835 16836 // The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from. 16837 // 16838 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16839 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16840 16841 // The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be disassociated 16842 // from. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. 16843 FeatureName *string `type:"string"` 16844 16845 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB 16846 // cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/NeptuneAccessRole. 16847 // 16848 // RoleArn is a required field 16849 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16850} 16851 16852// String returns the string representation 16853func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string { 16854 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16855} 16856 16857// GoString returns the string representation 16858func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 16859 return s.String() 16860} 16861 16862// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16863func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 16864 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput"} 16865 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16866 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 16867 } 16868 if s.RoleArn == nil { 16869 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 16870 } 16871 16872 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16873 return invalidParams 16874 } 16875 return nil 16876} 16877 16878// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16879func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 16880 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16881 return s 16882} 16883 16884// SetFeatureName sets the FeatureName field's value. 16885func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetFeatureName(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 16886 s.FeatureName = &v 16887 return s 16888} 16889 16890// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 16891func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 16892 s.RoleArn = &v 16893 return s 16894} 16895 16896type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct { 16897 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16898} 16899 16900// String returns the string representation 16901func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string { 16902 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16903} 16904 16905// GoString returns the string representation 16906func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 16907 return s.String() 16908} 16909 16910type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct { 16911 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16912 16913 // The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB 16914 // instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. 16915 // 16916 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 16917 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16918 16919 // The name of the event notification subscription you want to remove a source 16920 // identifier from. 16921 // 16922 // SubscriptionName is a required field 16923 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16924} 16925 16926// String returns the string representation 16927func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string { 16928 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16929} 16930 16931// GoString returns the string representation 16932func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 16933 return s.String() 16934} 16935 16936// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16937func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 16938 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"} 16939 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 16940 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 16941 } 16942 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 16943 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 16944 } 16945 16946 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16947 return invalidParams 16948 } 16949 return nil 16950} 16951 16952// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 16953func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 16954 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 16955 return s 16956} 16957 16958// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 16959func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 16960 s.SubscriptionName = &v 16961 return s 16962} 16963 16964type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct { 16965 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16966 16967 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 16968 // action. 16969 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 16970} 16971 16972// String returns the string representation 16973func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 16974 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16975} 16976 16977// GoString returns the string representation 16978func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 16979 return s.String() 16980} 16981 16982// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 16983func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput { 16984 s.EventSubscription = v 16985 return s 16986} 16987 16988type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { 16989 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16990 16991 // The Amazon Neptune resource that the tags are removed from. This value is 16992 // an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see 16993 // Constructing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/UserGuide/tagging.ARN.html#tagging.ARN.Constructing). 16994 // 16995 // ResourceName is a required field 16996 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16997 16998 // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. 16999 // 17000 // TagKeys is a required field 17001 TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 17002} 17003 17004// String returns the string representation 17005func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string { 17006 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17007} 17008 17009// GoString returns the string representation 17010func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string { 17011 return s.String() 17012} 17013 17014// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17015func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { 17016 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"} 17017 if s.ResourceName == nil { 17018 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 17019 } 17020 if s.TagKeys == nil { 17021 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 17022 } 17023 17024 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17025 return invalidParams 17026 } 17027 return nil 17028} 17029 17030// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 17031func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 17032 s.ResourceName = &v 17033 return s 17034} 17035 17036// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 17037func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 17038 s.TagKeys = v 17039 return s 17040} 17041 17042type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct { 17043 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17044} 17045 17046// String returns the string representation 17047func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string { 17048 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17049} 17050 17051// GoString returns the string representation 17052func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string { 17053 return s.String() 17054} 17055 17056type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 17057 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17058 17059 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. 17060 // 17061 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 17062 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17063 17064 // A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the 17065 // default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter 17066 // is set to true. 17067 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 17068 17069 // A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter 17070 // group to their default values, and false otherwise. You can't use this parameter 17071 // if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter. 17072 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 17073} 17074 17075// String returns the string representation 17076func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 17077 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17078} 17079 17080// GoString returns the string representation 17081func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 17082 return s.String() 17083} 17084 17085// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17086func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 17087 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 17088 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 17089 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 17090 } 17091 17092 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17093 return invalidParams 17094 } 17095 return nil 17096} 17097 17098// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 17099func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 17100 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 17101 return s 17102} 17103 17104// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 17105func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 17106 s.Parameters = v 17107 return s 17108} 17109 17110// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 17111func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 17112 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 17113 return s 17114} 17115 17116type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 17117 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17118 17119 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 17120 // 17121 // Constraints: 17122 // 17123 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 17124 // 17125 // * First character must be a letter 17126 // 17127 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 17128 // 17129 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 17130 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17131} 17132 17133// String returns the string representation 17134func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 17135 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17136} 17137 17138// GoString returns the string representation 17139func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17140 return s.String() 17141} 17142 17143// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 17144func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 17145 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 17146 return s 17147} 17148 17149type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct { 17150 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17151 17152 // The name of the DB parameter group. 17153 // 17154 // Constraints: 17155 // 17156 // * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 17157 // 17158 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 17159 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17160 17161 // To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name 17162 // and ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide 17163 // a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters 17164 // can be modified in a single request. 17165 // 17166 // Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot 17167 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 17168 17169 // Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB 17170 // parameter group to default values. 17171 // 17172 // Default: true 17173 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 17174} 17175 17176// String returns the string representation 17177func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 17178 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17179} 17180 17181// GoString returns the string representation 17182func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 17183 return s.String() 17184} 17185 17186// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17187func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 17188 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"} 17189 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 17190 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 17191 } 17192 17193 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17194 return invalidParams 17195 } 17196 return nil 17197} 17198 17199// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 17200func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 17201 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 17202 return s 17203} 17204 17205// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 17206func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 17207 s.Parameters = v 17208 return s 17209} 17210 17211// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 17212func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 17213 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 17214 return s 17215} 17216 17217type ResetDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 17218 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17219 17220 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. 17221 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17222} 17223 17224// String returns the string representation 17225func (s ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 17226 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17227} 17228 17229// GoString returns the string representation 17230func (s ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 17231 return s.String() 17232} 17233 17234// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 17235func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupOutput { 17236 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 17237 return s 17238} 17239 17240// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 17241type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct { 17242 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17243 17244 // A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the 17245 // resource. 17246 PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"` 17247 17248 // The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. 17249 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17250} 17251 17252// String returns the string representation 17253func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string { 17254 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17255} 17256 17257// GoString returns the string representation 17258func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string { 17259 return s.String() 17260} 17261 17262// SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value. 17263func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 17264 s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v 17265 return s 17266} 17267 17268// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 17269func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 17270 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 17271 return s 17272} 17273 17274type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { 17275 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17276 17277 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored 17278 // DB cluster can be created in. 17279 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 17280 17281 // The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 17282 // This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 17283 // 17284 // Constraints: 17285 // 17286 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 17287 // 17288 // * First character must be a letter 17289 // 17290 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 17291 // 17292 // Example: my-snapshot-id 17293 // 17294 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 17295 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17296 17297 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the new DB cluster. 17298 // 17299 // Constraints: 17300 // 17301 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 17302 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17303 17304 // The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. 17305 // 17306 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 17307 // 17308 // Example: mySubnetgroup 17309 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17310 17311 // Not supported. 17312 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 17313 17314 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 17315 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 17316 // deletion protection is disabled. 17317 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 17318 17319 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to Amazon CloudWatch 17320 // Logs. 17321 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 17322 17323 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 17324 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 17325 // 17326 // Default: false 17327 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 17328 17329 // The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 17330 // 17331 // Default: The same as source 17332 // 17333 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source 17334 // 17335 // Engine is a required field 17336 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17337 17338 // The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 17339 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 17340 17341 // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster 17342 // from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 17343 // 17344 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 17345 // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 17346 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 17347 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 17348 // 17349 // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 17350 // will occur: 17351 // 17352 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, 17353 // then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used 17354 // to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 17355 // 17356 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is not 17357 // encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. 17358 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 17359 17360 // (Not supported by Neptune) 17361 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17362 17363 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 17364 // 17365 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 17366 // 17367 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 17368 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 17369 17370 // The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from. 17371 // 17372 // You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify 17373 // a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB 17374 // snapshot. 17375 // 17376 // Constraints: 17377 // 17378 // * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot. 17379 // 17380 // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field 17381 SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17382 17383 // The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. 17384 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 17385 17386 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. 17387 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 17388} 17389 17390// String returns the string representation 17391func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string { 17392 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17393} 17394 17395// GoString returns the string representation 17396func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 17397 return s.String() 17398} 17399 17400// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17401func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 17402 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"} 17403 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 17404 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 17405 } 17406 if s.Engine == nil { 17407 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 17408 } 17409 if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil { 17410 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier")) 17411 } 17412 17413 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17414 return invalidParams 17415 } 17416 return nil 17417} 17418 17419// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 17420func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17421 s.AvailabilityZones = v 17422 return s 17423} 17424 17425// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17426func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17427 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 17428 return s 17429} 17430 17431// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 17432func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17433 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 17434 return s 17435} 17436 17437// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 17438func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17439 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 17440 return s 17441} 17442 17443// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 17444func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17445 s.DatabaseName = &v 17446 return s 17447} 17448 17449// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 17450func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17451 s.DeletionProtection = &v 17452 return s 17453} 17454 17455// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 17456func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17457 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 17458 return s 17459} 17460 17461// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 17462func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17463 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 17464 return s 17465} 17466 17467// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 17468func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17469 s.Engine = &v 17470 return s 17471} 17472 17473// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 17474func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17475 s.EngineVersion = &v 17476 return s 17477} 17478 17479// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 17480func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17481 s.KmsKeyId = &v 17482 return s 17483} 17484 17485// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 17486func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17487 s.OptionGroupName = &v 17488 return s 17489} 17490 17491// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 17492func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17493 s.Port = &v 17494 return s 17495} 17496 17497// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17498func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17499 s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v 17500 return s 17501} 17502 17503// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17504func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17505 s.Tags = v 17506 return s 17507} 17508 17509// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 17510func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 17511 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 17512 return s 17513} 17514 17515type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct { 17516 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17517 17518 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 17519 // 17520 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 17521 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 17522} 17523 17524// String returns the string representation 17525func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string { 17526 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17527} 17528 17529// GoString returns the string representation 17530func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 17531 return s.String() 17532} 17533 17534// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 17535func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput { 17536 s.DBCluster = v 17537 return s 17538} 17539 17540type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { 17541 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17542 17543 // The name of the new DB cluster to be created. 17544 // 17545 // Constraints: 17546 // 17547 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 17548 // 17549 // * First character must be a letter 17550 // 17551 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 17552 // 17553 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 17554 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17555 17556 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the new DB cluster. 17557 // 17558 // Constraints: 17559 // 17560 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 17561 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17562 17563 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. 17564 // 17565 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 17566 // 17567 // Example: mySubnetgroup 17568 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17569 17570 // A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. 17571 // The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, 17572 // deletion protection is disabled. 17573 DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` 17574 17575 // The list of logs that the restored DB cluster is to export to CloudWatch 17576 // Logs. 17577 EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` 17578 17579 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 17580 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 17581 // 17582 // Default: false 17583 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 17584 17585 // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster 17586 // from an encrypted DB cluster. 17587 // 17588 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 17589 // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 17590 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 17591 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 17592 // 17593 // You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a 17594 // KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB 17595 // cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the 17596 // KmsKeyId parameter. 17597 // 17598 // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 17599 // will occur: 17600 // 17601 // * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted 17602 // using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. 17603 // 17604 // * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is 17605 // not encrypted. 17606 // 17607 // If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then 17608 // the restore request is rejected. 17609 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 17610 17611 // (Not supported by Neptune) 17612 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17613 17614 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 17615 // 17616 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 17617 // 17618 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 17619 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 17620 17621 // The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. 17622 // 17623 // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format 17624 // 17625 // Constraints: 17626 // 17627 // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance 17628 // 17629 // * Must be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is not provided 17630 // 17631 // * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true 17632 // 17633 // * Cannot be specified if RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write 17634 // 17635 // Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z 17636 RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 17637 17638 // The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following 17639 // values: 17640 // 17641 // * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source 17642 // DB cluster. 17643 // 17644 // * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source 17645 // DB cluster. 17646 // 17647 // If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored 17648 // as a full copy of the source DB cluster. 17649 RestoreType *string `type:"string"` 17650 17651 // The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. 17652 // 17653 // Constraints: 17654 // 17655 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 17656 // 17657 // SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field 17658 SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17659 17660 // The tags to be applied to the restored DB cluster. 17661 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 17662 17663 // A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable 17664 // backup time, and false otherwise. 17665 // 17666 // Default: false 17667 // 17668 // Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided. 17669 UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` 17670 17671 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. 17672 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 17673} 17674 17675// String returns the string representation 17676func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string { 17677 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17678} 17679 17680// GoString returns the string representation 17681func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { 17682 return s.String() 17683} 17684 17685// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17686func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { 17687 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"} 17688 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 17689 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 17690 } 17691 if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil { 17692 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier")) 17693 } 17694 17695 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17696 return invalidParams 17697 } 17698 return nil 17699} 17700 17701// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17702func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17703 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 17704 return s 17705} 17706 17707// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 17708func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17709 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 17710 return s 17711} 17712 17713// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 17714func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17715 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 17716 return s 17717} 17718 17719// SetDeletionProtection sets the DeletionProtection field's value. 17720func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDeletionProtection(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17721 s.DeletionProtection = &v 17722 return s 17723} 17724 17725// SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports sets the EnableCloudwatchLogsExports field's value. 17726func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableCloudwatchLogsExports(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17727 s.EnableCloudwatchLogsExports = v 17728 return s 17729} 17730 17731// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 17732func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17733 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 17734 return s 17735} 17736 17737// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 17738func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17739 s.KmsKeyId = &v 17740 return s 17741} 17742 17743// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 17744func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17745 s.OptionGroupName = &v 17746 return s 17747} 17748 17749// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 17750func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17751 s.Port = &v 17752 return s 17753} 17754 17755// SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value. 17756func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17757 s.RestoreToTime = &v 17758 return s 17759} 17760 17761// SetRestoreType sets the RestoreType field's value. 17762func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17763 s.RestoreType = &v 17764 return s 17765} 17766 17767// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17768func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17769 s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v 17770 return s 17771} 17772 17773// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17774func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17775 s.Tags = v 17776 return s 17777} 17778 17779// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. 17780func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17781 s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v 17782 return s 17783} 17784 17785// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 17786func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 17787 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 17788 return s 17789} 17790 17791type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct { 17792 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17793 17794 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 17795 // 17796 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 17797 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 17798} 17799 17800// String returns the string representation 17801func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { 17802 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17803} 17804 17805// GoString returns the string representation 17806func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { 17807 return s.String() 17808} 17809 17810// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 17811func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput { 17812 s.DBCluster = v 17813 return s 17814} 17815 17816type StartDBClusterInput struct { 17817 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17818 17819 // The DB cluster identifier of the Neptune DB cluster to be started. This parameter 17820 // is stored as a lowercase string. 17821 // 17822 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 17823 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17824} 17825 17826// String returns the string representation 17827func (s StartDBClusterInput) String() string { 17828 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17829} 17830 17831// GoString returns the string representation 17832func (s StartDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 17833 return s.String() 17834} 17835 17836// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17837func (s *StartDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 17838 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBClusterInput"} 17839 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 17840 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 17841 } 17842 17843 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17844 return invalidParams 17845 } 17846 return nil 17847} 17848 17849// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17850func (s *StartDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *StartDBClusterInput { 17851 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 17852 return s 17853} 17854 17855type StartDBClusterOutput struct { 17856 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17857 17858 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 17859 // 17860 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 17861 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 17862} 17863 17864// String returns the string representation 17865func (s StartDBClusterOutput) String() string { 17866 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17867} 17868 17869// GoString returns the string representation 17870func (s StartDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 17871 return s.String() 17872} 17873 17874// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 17875func (s *StartDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StartDBClusterOutput { 17876 s.DBCluster = v 17877 return s 17878} 17879 17880type StopDBClusterInput struct { 17881 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17882 17883 // The DB cluster identifier of the Neptune DB cluster to be stopped. This parameter 17884 // is stored as a lowercase string. 17885 // 17886 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 17887 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17888} 17889 17890// String returns the string representation 17891func (s StopDBClusterInput) String() string { 17892 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17893} 17894 17895// GoString returns the string representation 17896func (s StopDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 17897 return s.String() 17898} 17899 17900// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17901func (s *StopDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 17902 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBClusterInput"} 17903 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 17904 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 17905 } 17906 17907 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17908 return invalidParams 17909 } 17910 return nil 17911} 17912 17913// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17914func (s *StopDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *StopDBClusterInput { 17915 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 17916 return s 17917} 17918 17919type StopDBClusterOutput struct { 17920 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17921 17922 // Contains the details of an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. 17923 // 17924 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 17925 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 17926} 17927 17928// String returns the string representation 17929func (s StopDBClusterOutput) String() string { 17930 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17931} 17932 17933// GoString returns the string representation 17934func (s StopDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 17935 return s.String() 17936} 17937 17938// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 17939func (s *StopDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StopDBClusterOutput { 17940 s.DBCluster = v 17941 return s 17942} 17943 17944// Specifies a subnet. 17945// 17946// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 17947// action. 17948type Subnet struct { 17949 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17950 17951 // Specifies the EC2 Availability Zone that the subnet is in. 17952 SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"` 17953 17954 // Specifies the identifier of the subnet. 17955 SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17956 17957 // Specifies the status of the subnet. 17958 SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"` 17959} 17960 17961// String returns the string representation 17962func (s Subnet) String() string { 17963 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17964} 17965 17966// GoString returns the string representation 17967func (s Subnet) GoString() string { 17968 return s.String() 17969} 17970 17971// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value. 17972func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet { 17973 s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v 17974 return s 17975} 17976 17977// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value. 17978func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet { 17979 s.SubnetIdentifier = &v 17980 return s 17981} 17982 17983// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value. 17984func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet { 17985 s.SubnetStatus = &v 17986 return s 17987} 17988 17989// Metadata assigned to an Amazon Neptune resource consisting of a key-value 17990// pair. 17991type Tag struct { 17992 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17993 17994 // A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 17995 // 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". 17996 // The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, 17997 // '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 17998 Key *string `type:"string"` 17999 18000 // A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 18001 // to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or 18002 // "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, 18003 // white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 18004 Value *string `type:"string"` 18005} 18006 18007// String returns the string representation 18008func (s Tag) String() string { 18009 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18010} 18011 18012// GoString returns the string representation 18013func (s Tag) GoString() string { 18014 return s.String() 18015} 18016 18017// SetKey sets the Key field's value. 18018func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { 18019 s.Key = &v 18020 return s 18021} 18022 18023// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 18024func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { 18025 s.Value = &v 18026 return s 18027} 18028 18029// A time zone associated with a DBInstance. 18030type Timezone struct { 18031 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18032 18033 // The name of the time zone. 18034 TimezoneName *string `type:"string"` 18035} 18036 18037// String returns the string representation 18038func (s Timezone) String() string { 18039 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18040} 18041 18042// GoString returns the string representation 18043func (s Timezone) GoString() string { 18044 return s.String() 18045} 18046 18047// SetTimezoneName sets the TimezoneName field's value. 18048func (s *Timezone) SetTimezoneName(v string) *Timezone { 18049 s.TimezoneName = &v 18050 return s 18051} 18052 18053// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 18054type UpgradeTarget struct { 18055 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18056 18057 // A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source 18058 // DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. 18059 AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 18060 18061 // The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 18062 Description *string `type:"string"` 18063 18064 // The name of the upgrade target database engine. 18065 Engine *string `type:"string"` 18066 18067 // The version number of the upgrade target database engine. 18068 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 18069 18070 // A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. 18071 IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 18072} 18073 18074// String returns the string representation 18075func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string { 18076 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18077} 18078 18079// GoString returns the string representation 18080func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string { 18081 return s.String() 18082} 18083 18084// SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value. 18085func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 18086 s.AutoUpgrade = &v 18087 return s 18088} 18089 18090// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 18091func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 18092 s.Description = &v 18093 return s 18094} 18095 18096// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 18097func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 18098 s.Engine = &v 18099 return s 18100} 18101 18102// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 18103func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 18104 s.EngineVersion = &v 18105 return s 18106} 18107 18108// SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 18109func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 18110 s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 18111 return s 18112} 18113 18114// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 18115// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 18116// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 18117type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage struct { 18118 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18119 18120 // Valid storage options for your DB instance. 18121 Storage []*ValidStorageOptions `locationNameList:"ValidStorageOptions" type:"list"` 18122} 18123 18124// String returns the string representation 18125func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String() string { 18126 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18127} 18128 18129// GoString returns the string representation 18130func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) GoString() string { 18131 return s.String() 18132} 18133 18134// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value. 18135func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetStorage(v []*ValidStorageOptions) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage { 18136 s.Storage = v 18137 return s 18138} 18139 18140// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 18141// 18142// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 18143// action. 18144type ValidStorageOptions struct { 18145 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18146 18147 // The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For 18148 // example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 18149 // times storage. 18150 IopsToStorageRatio []*DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"` 18151 18152 // The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. 18153 ProvisionedIops []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 18154 18155 // The valid range of storage in gibibytes. For example, 100 to 16384. 18156 StorageSize []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 18157 18158 // The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. 18159 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 18160} 18161 18162// String returns the string representation 18163func (s ValidStorageOptions) String() string { 18164 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18165} 18166 18167// GoString returns the string representation 18168func (s ValidStorageOptions) GoString() string { 18169 return s.String() 18170} 18171 18172// SetIopsToStorageRatio sets the IopsToStorageRatio field's value. 18173func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetIopsToStorageRatio(v []*DoubleRange) *ValidStorageOptions { 18174 s.IopsToStorageRatio = v 18175 return s 18176} 18177 18178// SetProvisionedIops sets the ProvisionedIops field's value. 18179func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetProvisionedIops(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 18180 s.ProvisionedIops = v 18181 return s 18182} 18183 18184// SetStorageSize sets the StorageSize field's value. 18185func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageSize(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 18186 s.StorageSize = v 18187 return s 18188} 18189 18190// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 18191func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageType(v string) *ValidStorageOptions { 18192 s.StorageType = &v 18193 return s 18194} 18195 18196// This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security 18197// group membership. 18198type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct { 18199 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18200 18201 // The status of the VPC security group. 18202 Status *string `type:"string"` 18203 18204 // The name of the VPC security group. 18205 VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 18206} 18207 18208// String returns the string representation 18209func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 18210 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18211} 18212 18213// GoString returns the string representation 18214func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 18215 return s.String() 18216} 18217 18218// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 18219func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 18220 s.Status = &v 18221 return s 18222} 18223 18224// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value. 18225func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 18226 s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v 18227 return s 18228} 18229 18230const ( 18231 // ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value 18232 ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate" 18233 18234 // ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value 18235 ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot" 18236) 18237 18238// ApplyMethod_Values returns all elements of the ApplyMethod enum 18239func ApplyMethod_Values() []string { 18240 return []string{ 18241 ApplyMethodImmediate, 18242 ApplyMethodPendingReboot, 18243 } 18244} 18245 18246const ( 18247 // SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value 18248 SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance" 18249 18250 // SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value 18251 SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group" 18252 18253 // SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value 18254 SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group" 18255 18256 // SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 18257 SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot" 18258 18259 // SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value 18260 SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster" 18261 18262 // SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 18263 SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot" 18264) 18265 18266// SourceType_Values returns all elements of the SourceType enum 18267func SourceType_Values() []string { 18268 return []string{ 18269 SourceTypeDbInstance, 18270 SourceTypeDbParameterGroup, 18271 SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup, 18272 SourceTypeDbSnapshot, 18273 SourceTypeDbCluster, 18274 SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot, 18275 } 18276} 18277